-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----
Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR
Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov
Originator-Key-Asymmetric:
 MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen
 TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB
MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA,
 PvJomdA5I4CRmrFMjZOczLJr0dHDQ6l95ANdQ1GvHRBYSU42nni3/LudNm08I6jk
 9O413l02e77ZiV/WAMR8vg==

<SEC-DOCUMENT>0001047469-99-010171.txt : 19990318
<SEC-HEADER>0001047469-99-010171.hdr.sgml : 19990318
ACCESSION NUMBER:		0001047469-99-010171
CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE:	10-K405
PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT:		20
CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT:	19981231
FILED AS OF DATE:		19990317

FILER:

	COMPANY DATA:	
		COMPANY CONFORMED NAME:			WELLS FARGO & CO/MN
		CENTRAL INDEX KEY:			0000072971
		STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION:	NATIONAL COMMERCIAL BANKS [6021]
		IRS NUMBER:				410449260
		STATE OF INCORPORATION:			DE
		FISCAL YEAR END:			1231

	FILING VALUES:
		FORM TYPE:		10-K405
		SEC ACT:		
		SEC FILE NUMBER:	001-02979
		FILM NUMBER:		99567422

	BUSINESS ADDRESS:	
		STREET 1:		420 MONTGOMERY STREET
		STREET 2:		SIXTH & MARQUETTE
		CITY:			SAN FRANCISCO
		STATE:			CA
		ZIP:			94163
		BUSINESS PHONE:		6126671234

	MAIL ADDRESS:	
		STREET 1:		NORWEST CENTER
		STREET 2:		SIXTH & MARQUETTE
		CITY:			MINNEAPOLIS
		STATE:			MN
		ZIP:			55479

	FORMER COMPANY:	
		FORMER CONFORMED NAME:	NORWEST CORP
		DATE OF NAME CHANGE:	19920703

	FORMER COMPANY:	
		FORMER CONFORMED NAME:	NORTHWEST BANCORPORATION
		DATE OF NAME CHANGE:	19830516
</SEC-HEADER>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>10-K405
<SEQUENCE>1
<DESCRIPTION>FORM 10-K 405
<TEXT>

<PAGE>
                                    UNITED STATES
                         SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                               WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                -------------------

                                     FORM 10-K

                  Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
                        the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the year ended December 31, 1998            Commission File Number 001-2979

                            ---------------------------

                               WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
               (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          Delaware                                   No. 41-0449260
     (State of incorporation)                       (I.R.S. Employer
                                                   Identification No.)

              420 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California  94163
                (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

        Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  1-800-411-4932

                  Former name of registrant:  Norwest Corporation

            SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

                                             Name of Each Exchange
          Title of Each Class                 on Which Registered
          -------------------                ----------------------

Common Stock, par value $1-2/3               New York Stock Exchange
                                             Chicago Stock Exchange
Preferred Share Purchase Rights              New York Stock Exchange
                                             Chicago Stock Exchange
6 3/4% Convertible Subordinated
Debentures Due 2003                          New York Stock Exchange

Adjustable Rate Cumulative Preferred
Stock, Series B                              New York Stock Exchange

     No securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.                    Yes   X    No
                                                          -----     -----

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to 
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will be not 
contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or 
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 
10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

     As of February 26, 1999 (the latest practicable date), 1,653,100,884 shares
of common stock were outstanding having an aggregate market value, based on a
closing price of $36.75 per share, of $60,751 million.  At that date, the
aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates was approximately
$58,262 million.

                        DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders - Incorporated into Parts I,
  II and IV.
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders -
  Incorporated into Part III.

<PAGE>

                                             FORM 10-K CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        Page(s)
                                                            --------------------------------------------------
                                                            FORM        Annual                   Proxy
                                                            10-K        Report (1)               Statement 
                                                            ----        ------                   ---------
<S>       <C>                                               <C>         <C>                       <C>

                                       PART I

Item 1.   Business
            Description of Business                         2-8         34-96                    --
            Statistical Disclosure:
               Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and
                 Stockholders' Equity; Interest Rates
                 and Interest Differential                  9,11       38-41                    --
               Investment Portfolio                         --          44-45, 55-56, 63         --
               Loan Portfolio                               12-17       45-46, 56-57, 64-66      --
               Summary of Loan Loss Experience              18-22       47, 57, 65-66            --
               Deposits                                     --          40-41, 47, 68            --
               Return on Equity and Assets                  --          34-35                    --
               Short-Term Borrowings                        --          68                       --
               Derivative Financial Instruments             23-24       48, 58, 91-92            --
Item 2.   Properties                                        24-25       67                       --
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings                                 --          89                       --
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security
            Holders (in fourth quarter 1998)                25          --                       --

                                       PART II

Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity and
            Related Stockholder Matters                     --          50, 62                   --
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data                           --          36                       --
Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Finan-
            cial Condition and Results of Operations        --          34-50                    --
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
            About Market Risk                               --          47-48                    --
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data       10,11       51-96                    --
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
            on Accounting and Financial Disclosure (2)      --          --                       --

                                       PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the
            Registrant                                      26-28       --                       (3)
Item 11.  Executive Compensation                            --          --                       (3)
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
            Owners and Management                           --          --                       (3)
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions    --          --                       (3)

                                       PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and
            Reports on Form 8-K                             29-35       51-96                    --

SIGNATURES                                                  36          --                       --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


(1)  The 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders, portions of which are incorporated
     by reference into this Form 10-K.
(2)  None.
(3)  The information required to be submitted in response to this item is
     incorporated by reference from the Company's definitive Proxy Statement for
     the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 27, 1999, to
     be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation
     14(a).

                                          1
<PAGE>

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

GENERAL

          Wells Fargo & Company is a diversified financial services company 
organized under the laws of Delaware and registered under the Bank Holding 
Company Act (BHC Act) of 1956, as amended. Based on assets as of December 31, 
1998, it was the seventh largest bank holding company in the United States.  
As a diversified financial services organization, Wells Fargo & Company 
(Parent) owns subsidiaries engaged in banking and a variety of related 
businesses. Subsidiaries of the Parent provide retail, commercial and 
corporate banking services through banks located in Arizona, California, 
Colorado, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Minnesota, Montana, Nebraska, 
Nevada, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, Oregon, South Dakota, Texas, Utah, 
Washington, Wisconsin and Wyoming.  Additional financial services are 
provided to customers by subsidiaries engaged in various businesses; 
principally wholesale banking, mortgage banking, consumer finance, equipment 
leasing, agricultural finance, commercial finance, securities brokerage and 
investment banking, insurance agency services, computer and data processing 
services, trust services, mortgage-backed securities servicing and venture 
capital investment. Wells Fargo & Company together with its subsidiaries is 
referred to in this report as the Company. Its significant subsidiaries are 
Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. and its consolidated subsidiaries and WFC 
Holdings Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries, including its 
principal subsidiary, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

          On November 2, 1998, Norwest Corporation changed its name to "Wells
Fargo & Company" upon the merger (the Merger) of the former Wells Fargo &
Company (the former Wells Fargo) into a wholly-owned subsidiary of Norwest
Corporation.  Norwest Corporation as it was before the Merger is referred to as
the former Norwest.  The Merger was accounted for as a pooling of interests and,
accordingly, the information included in this Form 10-K presents the combined
results as if the Merger had been in effect for all periods presented.

          The Parent provides to its subsidiaries various services, including 
strategic planning, asset and liability management, investment administration 
and portfolio planning, tax planning, new product and business development, 
advertising, administration and internal auditing, employee benefits and 
payroll management.  In addition, the Parent provides funds to its 
subsidiaries.  The Parent derives substantially all its income from 
investments in and advances to its subsidiaries and service fees received 
from its subsidiaries.

          The Company has four operating segments for the purpose of management
reporting: Community Banking, Wholesale Banking, Mortgage Banking and Norwest
Financial. Financial information and narrative descriptions of these operating
segments are included in the 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders.


                                          2
<PAGE>

HISTORY AND GROWTH

          The former Norwest provided banking services to customers in 16 states
and additional financial services through subsidiaries engaged in a variety of
businesses including mortgage banking and consumer finance.

          The former Wells Fargo's principal subsidiary, Wells Fargo Bank, 
N.A., continues to be a significant subsidiary of the new Company.  The bank 
was the successor to the banking portion of the business founded by Henry 
Wells and William G. Fargo in 1852.  That business later operated the 
westernmost leg of the Pony Express and ran stagecoach lines in the western 
part of the United States.  The California banking business was separated 
from the express business in 1905, and was merged in 1960 with American Trust 
Company, another of the oldest banks in the Western United States, and became 
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., a national banking association, in 1968.

          The former Wells Fargo acquired First Interstate Bancorp (First
Interstate) in April 1996. First Interstate's assets had an approximate book
value of $55 billion.  The transaction was valued at approximately $11.3 billion
and was accounted for as a purchase.

          The Company expands its business, in part, by acquiring banking
institutions and other companies engaged in activities closely related to
banking.  The Company continues to explore opportunities to acquire banking
institutions and other companies permitted by the Bank Holding Company Act.
Discussions are continually being carried on related to such acquisitions. It is
not presently known whether, or on what terms, such discussions will result in
further acquisitions.  It is the policy of the Company not to comment on such
discussions or possible acquisitions until a definitive agreement with respect
thereto has been signed.

COMPETITION

          Legislative and regulatory changes coupled with technological advances
have significantly increased competition in the financial services industry.
The Company's banking and financial services subsidiaries compete with other
financial services providers, such as commercial banks and financial
institutions, including savings and loan associations, credit unions, finance
companies, mortgage banking companies and mutual funds.  In addition, the
Company's subsidiaries compete with nonbank institutions such as brokerage
houses and insurance companies, as well as financial services subsidiaries of
commercial and manufacturing companies.  Many of these competitors are not
subject to the same regulatory restrictions as banks and bank holding companies.

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

          The following discussion, together with Notes 3 and 22 to Financial
Statements, incorporated by reference herein, sets forth the material elements
of the regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their
subsidiaries and provides certain specific information relevant to the Company.
This regulatory framework is intended primarily for the


                                          3
<PAGE>

protection of depositors, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system
as a whole, and not for the protection of security holders.  To the extent that
the information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified
in its entirety by reference to those provisions.  Further, such statutes,
regulations and policies are continually under review by Congress and state
legislatures, and federal and state regulatory agencies.  A change in statutes,
regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or its subsidiaries
could have a material effect on the business of the Company.

          This regulatory environment, among other things, may restrict the
Company's ability to diversify into certain areas of financial services, acquire
depository institutions in certain states, and pay dividends on the Company's
capital stock.  It may also require the Company to provide financial support to
one or more of its banking subsidiaries, maintain capital balances in excess of
those desired by management, and pay higher deposit insurance premiums as a
result of the deterioration in the financial condition of depository
institutions in general.

GENERAL

          PARENT BANK HOLDING COMPANY.  As a bank holding company, the 
Company is subject to regulation under the BHC Act and to inspection, 
examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board (FRB).

          SUBSIDIARY BANKS.  The Company's national subsidiary banks are subject
to regulation and examination primarily by the Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency (OCC) and secondarily by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
(FDIC) and the FRB.  The Company's state-chartered banks are subject to primary
federal regulation and examination by the FDIC or the FRB and, in addition, are
regulated and examined by their respective state banking departments.

          NONBANKING SUBSIDIARIES.  Many of the Company's nonbank subsidiaries
are also subject to regulation by the FRB and other applicable federal and state
agencies. The Company's brokerage subsidiaries are regulated by the Securities
and Exchange Commission (SEC), the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. and state securities regulators.  The Company's insurance subsidiaries are
subject to regulation by applicable state insurance regulatory agencies.  Other
nonbanking subsidiaries of the Company are subject to the laws and regulations
of both the federal government and the various states in which they conduct
business.

PARENT BANK HOLDING COMPANY ACTIVITIES

          BANKING-RELATED REQUIREMENT.  Under the BHC Act, bank holding 
companies generally may not acquire the beneficial ownership or control of 
more than 5% of the voting shares or substantially all the assets of any 
company, including a bank, without the FRB's prior approval.  Also, bank 
holding companies generally may engage,


                                          4
<PAGE>

directly or indirectly, only in banking and such other activities as are
determined by the FRB to be closely related to banking.

          INTERSTATE BANKING.  Under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and
Branching Act (Riegle-Neal Act), which became effective on September 29, 1995, a
bank holding company may acquire banks in states other than its home state,
subject to any state requirement that the bank has been organized and operating
for a minimum period of time, not to exceed five years, and the requirement that
the bank holding company not control, prior to or following the proposed
acquisition, more than 10% of the total amount of deposits of insured depository
institutions nationwide or, unless the acquisition is the bank holding company's
initial entry into the state, more than 30% of such deposits in the state (or
such lesser or greater amount set by the state).

          The Riegle-Neal Act also authorizes banks to merge across state lines
beginning June 1, 1997, thereby creating interstate branches.  States may opt
out of the Riegle-Neal Act and thereby prohibit interstate mergers in the state.
The Company will be unable to consolidate its banking operations in one state
with those of another state if either state in question has opted out of the
Riegle-Neal Act.  The state of Montana has opted out until at least the year
2001.

          REGULATORY APPROVAL.  In determining whether to approve a proposed
bank acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors,
the effect of the acquisition on competition, the public benefits expected to be
received from the acquisition, the projected capital ratios and levels on a
post-acquisition basis, and the acquiring institution's record of addressing the
credit needs of the communities it serves, including the needs of low and
moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of
the bank, under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended.

DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

          Wells Fargo & Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from 
its subsidiary banks and other subsidiaries.  Its principal source of funds 
to pay dividends on its common and preferred stock and debt service on its 
debt is dividends from its subsidiaries.  Various federal and state statutory 
provisions and regulations limit the amount of dividends the Company's 
subsidiary banks and certain other subsidiaries may pay without regulatory 
approval.  For information about the restrictions applicable to the Company's 
subsidiary banks, see Note 3 to Financial Statements, incorporated by 
reference herein.

          Federal bank regulatory agencies have the authority to prohibit the
Company's subsidiary banks from engaging in unsafe or unsound practices in
conducting their businesses. The payment of dividends, depending on the
financial condition of the bank in question, could be deemed an unsafe or
unsound practice.  The ability of the Company's subsidiary banks to pay
dividends in the future is currently, and could be further, influenced by bank
regulatory policies and capital guidelines.


                                          5
<PAGE>

HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE

          TRANSFER OF FUNDS FROM SUBSIDIARY BANKS. The Company's subsidiary
banks are subject to restrictions under federal law that limit the transfer of
funds or other items of value from such subsidiaries to the Parent and its
nonbanking subsidiaries (including affiliates) in so-called "covered
transactions."  In general, covered transactions include loans and other
extensions of credit, investments and asset purchases, as well as other
transactions involving the transfer of value from a subsidiary bank to an
affiliate or for the benefit of an affiliate.  Unless an exemption applies,
covered transactions by a subsidiary bank with a single affiliate are limited to
10% of the subsidiary bank's capital and surplus and, with respect to all
covered transactions with affiliates in the aggregate, to 20% of the subsidiary
bank's capital and surplus.  Also, loans and extensions of credit to affiliates
generally are required to be secured in specified amounts.

          SOURCE OF STRENGTH DOCTRINE.  The FRB has a policy that a bank holding
company is expected to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to
each of its subsidiary banks and, under appropriate circumstances, to commit
resources to support each such subsidiary bank. This support may be required at
times when the bank holding company may not have the resources to provide it.
Capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are
subordinate in right of payment to deposits and certain other indebtedness of
the subsidiary bank.  In addition, in the event of a bank holding company's
bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank
regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed
by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

          DEPOSITOR PREFERENCE. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the FDI Act)
provides that, in the event of the "liquidation or other resolution" of an
insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution
(including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors) and certain
claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver will have priority
over other general unsecured claims against the institution.  If an insured
depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the
FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, nondeposit creditors,
including the institution's parent holding company.

          LIABILITY OF COMMONLY CONTROLLED INSTITUTIONS. Under the FDI Act, an
insured depository institution is generally liable for any loss incurred, or
reasonably expected to be incurred, by the FDIC in connection with (a) the
default of a commonly controlled insured depository institution or (b) any
assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled insured depository
institution in danger of default.  "Default" is defined generally as the
appointment of a conservator or receiver and "in danger of default" is defined
generally as the existence of certain conditions indicating that a default is
likely to occur in the absence of regulatory assistance.

CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

     The Company is subject to risk-based capital requirements and guidelines
imposed by the FRB, which are substantially similar to the capital requirements
and guidelines


                                          6
<PAGE>

imposed by the FRB, the OCC and the FDIC on depository institutions within their
respective jurisdictions.  For information about these capital requirements and
guidelines, see Note 22 to Financial Statements, incorporated by reference
herein.
          The FRB's capital guidelines provide that banking organizations
experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions are expected to maintain
strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels,
without significant reliance on intangible assets.  Also, the guidelines
indicate that the FRB will consider a "tangible Tier 1 leverage ratio" in
evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.  The tangible Tier 1
leverage ratio is the ratio of a banking organization's Tier 1 capital
(excluding intangibles) to total assets (excluding intangibles).

          The FRB, the FDIC and the OCC have adopted rules to incorporate market
and interest rate risk components into their risk-based capital standards.
Amendments to the risk-based capital requirements, incorporating market risk,
became effective January 1, 1998. Under the new market risk requirements,
capital will be allocated to support the amount of market risk related to a
financial institution's ongoing trading activities.

          As an additional means to identify problems in the financial
management of depository institutions, the FDI Act requires federal bank
regulatory agencies to establish certain non-capital safety and soundness
standards for institutions for which they are the primary federal regulator.
The standards relate generally to operations and management, asset quality,
interest rate exposure and executive compensation.  The agencies are authorized
to take action against institutions that fail to meet such standards.

          The FDI Act requires federal bank regulatory agencies to take "prompt
corrective action" with respect to FDIC-insured depository institutions that do
not meet minimum capital requirements.  A depository institution's treatment for
purposes of the prompt corrective action provisions will depend upon how its
capital levels compare to various capital measures and certain other factors, as
established by regulation.

FDIC INSURANCE

          Through the Bank Insurance Fund (BIF), the FDIC insures the deposits
of the Company's depository institution subsidiaries up to prescribed per
depositor limits.  The amount of FDIC assessments paid by each BIF member
institution is based on its relative risk of default as measured by regulatory
capital ratios and other factors.  Specifically, the assessment rate is based on
the institution's capitalization risk category and supervisory subgroup
category.  An institution's capitalization risk category is based on the FDIC's
determination of whether the institution is well capitalized, adequately
capitalized or less than adequately capitalized.  An institution's supervisory
subgroup category is based on the FDIC's assessment of the financial condition
of the institution and the probability that FDIC intervention or other
corrective action will be required.


                                          7
<PAGE>

          The BIF assessment rate currently ranges from zero to 27 cents per
$100 of domestic deposits.  The FDIC may increase or decrease the assessment
rate schedule on a semiannual basis.  An increase in the BIF assessment rate
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's earnings, depending on the
amount of the increase.  The FDIC is authorized to terminate a depository
institution's deposit insurance upon a finding by the FDIC that the
institution's financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution
has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated any applicable rule,
regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the institution's
regulatory agency.  The termination of deposit insurance for one or more of the
Company's subsidiary depository institutions could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's earnings, depending on the collective size of the
particular institutions involved.

          All FDIC-insured depository institutions must pay an annual assessment
to provide funds for the payment of interest on bonds issued by the Financing
Corporation, a federal corporation chartered under the authority of the Federal
Housing Finance Board.  The bonds (commonly referred to as FICO bonds) were
issued to capitalize the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation.
FDIC-insured depository institutions paid approximately 1.2 cents per $100 of
BIF-assessable deposits in 1998, and will continue to pay as assessed until the
earlier of December 31, 1999 or the date the last savings and loan association
ceases to exist.

FISCAL AND MONETARY POLICIES

          The Company's business and earnings are affected significantly by the
fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies.  The
Company is particularly affected by the policies of the FRB, which regulates the
supply of money and credit in the United States.  Among the instruments of
monetary policy available to the FRB are (a) conducting open market operations
in United States government securities, (b) changing the discount rates of
borrowings of depository institutions, (c) imposing or changing reserve
requirements against depository institutions' deposits, and (d) imposing or
changing reserve requirements against certain borrowing by banks and their
affiliates.  These methods are used in varying degrees and combinations to
directly affect the availability of bank loans and deposits, as well as the
interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits.  For that reason alone,
the policies of the FRB have a material effect on the earnings of the Company.


                                          8
<PAGE>

ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME

          The following table allocates the changes in net interest income on a
taxable-equivalent basis to changes in either average balances or average rates
for both interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  Because of
the numerous simultaneous volume and rate changes during any period, it is not
possible to precisely allocate such changes between volume and rate.  For this
table, changes that are not solely due to either volume or rate are allocated to
these categories in proportion to the percentage changes in average volume and
average rate.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  Year ended December 31,
                                                                --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            1998 OVER 1997                1997 over 1996
                                                                --------------------------    --------------------------
(in millions)                                                   VOLUME      RATE     TOTAL    Volume      Rate     Total
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>
Increase (decrease) in interest income:

  Federal funds sold and securities
    purchased under resale agreements                            $  29     $   2     $  31      $(25)     $ (1)     $(26)
  Securities available for sale:
    Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies               (13)      (12)      (25)       83         8        91
    Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions            12        --        12        37        (4)       33
    Mortgage-backed securities:
      Federal agencies                                            (199)      (17)     (216)      (30)       23        (7)
      Private collateralized mortgage obligations                  (14)       (2)      (16)       11         8        19
    Other securities                                                29         7        36        (7)       (3)      (10)
  Loans held for sale                                               75       (16)       59        25       (41)      (16)
  Mortgages held for sale                                          433       (25)      408       (11)      (28)      (39)
  Loans:
    Commercial                                                     299       (76)      223       220         8       228
    Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage                         (154)       28      (126)       25        15        40
    Other real estate mortgage                                       5       (34)      (29)       55        59       114
    Real estate construction                                        29       (18)       11        36       (10)       26
    Consumer:
      Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage                   (1)      (45)      (46)       80        25       105
      Credit card                                                  (96)       28       (68)       23       (34)      (11)
      Other revolving credit and monthly payment                   (56)       60         4        55        28        83
    Lease financing                                                109        (7)      102        79         8        87
    Foreign                                                         58         7        65        19        (2)       17
  Other                                                             33        (1)       32        33         7        40
                                                                 -----     -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
    Total increase (decrease) in interest income                   578      (121)      457       708        66       774
                                                                 -----     -----     -----     -----     -----     -----

Increase (decrease) in interest expense:

  Deposits:
    Interest-bearing checking                                      (12)      (11)      (23)      (59)       16       (43)
    Market rate and other savings                                   43        10        53       161       (46)      115
    Savings certificates                                           (44)      (14)      (58)       89        27       116
    Other time deposits                                             19        (6)       13        26        (4)       22
    Deposits in foreign offices                                    (23)       --       (23)       27         1        28
  Short-term borrowings                                            167        --       167        35        13        48
  Long-term debt                                                    18       (14)        4       (72)       25       (47)
  Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests
    in Company's subordinated debentures                           (23)        3       (20)       95        --        95
                                                                 -----     -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
    Total increase (decrease) in interest expense                  145       (32)      113       302        32       334
                                                                 -----     -----     -----     -----     -----     -----

Increase (decrease) in net interest income
  on a taxable-equivalent basis                                  $ 433     $ (89)    $ 344      $406      $ 34      $440
                                                                 -----     -----     -----     -----     -----     -----
                                                                 -----     -----     -----     -----     -----     -----

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                          9
<PAGE>

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL DATA - QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

The following condensed, consolidated statement of income presents the Company's
results of operations for the eight quarters ended December 31, 1998.  This
information should be read in conjunction with the Financial Review and the
Financial Statements contained in the 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                  1998
                                                                                         QUARTER ENDED
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------
(in millions, except per share amounts)          DEC. 31      SEPT. 30(1)     JUNE 30(1)     MAR. 31(1)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>           <C>             <C>         <C>
INTEREST INCOME                                 $  3,598         $ 3,528        $ 3,490        $ 3,439
INTEREST EXPENSE                                   1,297           1,265          1,258          1,245
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------

NET INTEREST INCOME                                2,301           2,263          2,232          2,194

Provision for loan losses                            624             307            309            305
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------
Net interest income after
  provision for loan losses                        1,677           1,956          1,923          1,889
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------

NONINTEREST INCOME
Service charges on deposit accounts                  364             356            332            305
Trust and investment fees and commissions            274             267            269            259
Credit card fee revenue                              136             136            128            121
Other fees and commissions                           252             241            232            221
Mortgage banking                                     252             275            303            276
Insurance                                             70              73            111             95
Net venture capital gains (losses)                    (4)              4             53             59
Net gains on securities
  available for sale                                   8              76             66             19
Other                                                205             193            221            178
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------
    Total noninterest income                       1,557           1,621          1,715          1,533
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------

NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Salaries and benefits                              1,292           1,061          1,055          1,007
Equipment                                            328             192            196            184
Net occupancy                                        200             188            187            189
Goodwill                                             104             108            104            104
Core deposit intangible                               60              58             61             63
Net losses on dispositions of premises
  and equipment                                      270               7             41              7
Operating losses                                      46              35             33             39
Other                                              1,182             698            775            703
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------
    Total noninterest expense                      3,482           2,347          2,452          2,296
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX
  EXPENSE (BENEFIT)                                 (248)          1,230          1,186          1,126
Income tax expense (benefit)                         (54)            488            467            442
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------

NET INCOME (LOSS)                               $   (194)        $   742        $   719        $   684
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------

NET INCOME (LOSS) APPLICABLE TO
  COMMON STOCK                                  $   (203)        $   733        $   710        $   676
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE                $   (.12)        $   .45        $   .44        $   .42
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS)
  PER COMMON SHARE                              $   (.12)        $   .45        $   .43        $   .41
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------

DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER
  COMMON SHARE                                  $   .185        $   .185       $   .165       $   .165
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------
Average common shares outstanding                1,642.4         1,617.3        1,610.3        1,615.7
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------
Diluted average common
  shares outstanding                             1,642.4         1,640.7        1,632.2        1,639.1
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------
                                                --------        --------       --------       --------

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                 1997
                                                                                        Quarter ended
                                               ------------------------------------------------------
(in millions, except per share amounts)        Dec. 31(1)    Sept. 30(1)     June 30(1)     Mar. 31(1)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>
INTEREST INCOME                                 $  3,445       $  3,400       $  3,377       $  3,380
INTEREST EXPENSE                                   1,263          1,251          1,230          1,210
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------

NET INTEREST INCOME                                2,182          2,149          2,147          2,170

Provision for loan losses                            343            320            263            214
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------
Net interest income after
  provision for loan losses                        1,839          1,829          1,884          1,956
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------

NONINTEREST INCOME
Service charges on deposit accounts                  315            311            308            310
Trust and investment fees and commissions            244            247            235            228
Credit card fee revenue                              126            119            107             96
Other fees and commissions                           213            214            206            193
Mortgage banking                                     258            254            188            226
Insurance                                             72             74            100             90
Net venture capital gains (losses)                    26             53             93             19
Net gains on securities
  available for sale                                  50             22             22              5
Other                                                175            133            169            173
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------
    Total noninterest income                       1,479          1,427          1,428          1,340
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------

NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Salaries and benefits                                979            958            933            940
Equipment                                            195            181            187            176
Net occupancy                                        181            179            176            183
Goodwill                                             112            103            113            105
Core deposit intangible                               67             68             71             67
Net losses on dispositions of premises
  and equipment                                       19             11              7             39
Operating losses                                      72             62            190             50
Other                                                633            634            686            612
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------
    Total noninterest expense                      2,258          2,196          2,363          2,172
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX
  EXPENSE (BENEFIT)                                1,060          1,060            949          1,124
Income tax expense (benefit)                         410            430            392            462
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------

NET INCOME (LOSS)                               $    650       $    630       $    557       $    662
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------

NET INCOME (LOSS) APPLICABLE TO
  COMMON STOCK                                  $    640       $    619       $    546       $    650
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE                $    .40       $    .38       $    .33       $    .39
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS)
  PER COMMON SHARE                              $    .39       $    .38       $    .33       $    .39
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------

DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER
  COMMON SHARE                                  $   .165       $    .15       $    .15       $    .15
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------

Average common shares outstanding                1,621.1        1,623.6        1,639.1        1,654.8
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------
Diluted average common
  shares outstanding                             1,641.9        1,646.4        1,663.1        1,679.7
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------
                                                --------       --------       --------       --------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


(1)Amounts have been restated to reflect the pooling-of-interests accounting 
treatment of the Merger.  The restated amounts include adjustments to conform 
the accounting policies of the former Norwest and the former Wells Fargo.  In 
noninterest expense, salaries and benefits decreased by $2 million in each of 
the quarters that preceded the fourth quarter of 1998 to conform the 
accounting treatment for the postretirement transition obligation identified 
with the implementation of FAS 106, Employers' Accounting for Postretirement 
Benefits Other than Pensions.  Additionally, equipment expense increased $2 
million for the quarter ended June 30, 1998 and $6 million, $4 million, $6 
million and $2 million for the quarters ended December 31, 1997, September 
30, 1997, June 30, 1997 and March 31, 1997, respectively.


                                          10
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

AVERAGE BALANCES, YIELDS AND RATES PAID (TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS)--QUARTERLY (1)(2)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                        Quarter ended December 31,
                                                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      1998                                   1997
                                                         -----------------------------------    ---------------------------------
                                                                                  INTEREST                               Interest
                                                         AVERAGE       YIELDS/      INCOME/     Average       Yields/      income/
(in millions)                                            BALANCE        RATES      EXPENSE      balance        rates      expense
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>
EARNING ASSETS
Federal funds sold and securities purchased
  under resale agreements                                $ 2,011         5.25%        $ 27        $ 909         5.42%        $ 12
Securities available for sale (3):
  Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies         3,722         5.82           54        3,906         6.13           60
  Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions     1,539         8.41           31        1,513         8.38           31
Mortgage-backed securities:
  Federal agencies                                        20,283         6.85          341       18,874         7.15          331
  Private collateralized mortgage obligations              3,433         6.66           57        2,706         6.82           46
                                                        --------                    ------     --------                    ------
    Total mortgage-backed securities                      23,716         6.82          398       21,580         7.11          377
Other securities                                           2,738         5.86           43        1,331         4.80           17
                                                        --------                    ------     --------                    ------
    Total securities available for sale                   31,715         6.71          526       28,330         6.92          485
Loans held for sale (3)                                    5,099         7.63           97        4,078         8.08           82
Mortgages held for sale (3)                               16,995         6.82          290        8,281         7.21          149
Loans:
  Commercial                                              34,631         8.62          751       30,640         9.14          705
  Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage                   12,941         8.92          289       15,102         8.86          340
  Other real estate mortgage                              16,305         8.89          365       16,204         9.36          382
  Real estate construction                                 3,779         9.12           87        3,366         9.64           82
  Consumer:
    Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage           10,125         8.73          224        9,990         9.56          227
    Credit card                                            5,644        14.67          207        6,542        14.66          240
    Other revolving credit and monthly payment            16,284        12.69          518       17,414        12.76          557
                                                        --------                    ------     --------                    ------
      Total consumer                                      32,053        12.33          949       33,946        12.54        1,024
  Lease financing                                          6,177         8.02          124        4,782         8.43          101
  Foreign                                                  1,438        21.18           76        1,015        20.94           53
                                                        --------                    ------     --------                    ------
        Total loans (4)                                  107,324         9.80        2,641      105,055        10.19        2,687
Other                                                      2,353         5.27           31        2,666         6.18           41
                                                        --------                    ------     --------                    ------
           Total earning assets                         $165,497         8.72        3,612     $149,319         9.25        3,456
                                                        --------                    ------     --------                    ------
                                                        --------                               --------                    

FUNDING SOURCES
Deposits:
  Interest-bearing checking                              $ 2,181         0.94            5      $ 2,172         2.02           11
  Market rate and other savings                           54,653         2.49          343       50,991         2.61          336
  Savings certificates                                    27,673         5.11          357       28,351         5.34          381
  Other time deposits                                      3,911         5.39           53        3,955         5.66           56
  Deposits in foreign offices                              1,130         4.69           13          866         4.50           10
                                                        --------                    ------     --------                    ------
      Total interest-bearing deposits                     89,548         3.42          771       86,335         3.65          794
Short-term borrowings                                     17,075         5.09          219       11,757         5.47          162
Long-term debt                                            19,143         6.09          292       17,465         6.41          280
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in Company's
   subordinated debentures                                   774         7.65           15        1,298         7.81           25
                                                        --------                    ------     --------                    ------
           Total interest-bearing liabilities            126,540         4.07        1,297      116,855         4.29        1,261
Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources            38,957           --           --       32,464           --           --
                                                        --------                    ------     --------                    ------
           Total funding sources                        $165,497         3.12        1,297     $149,319         3.37        1,261
                                                        --------                    ------     --------                    ------
                                                        --------                               --------                    
NET INTEREST MARGIN AND NET INTEREST INCOME ON
  A TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS (5)                                         5.60%      $2,315                      5.88%      $2,195
                                                                        -----       ------                     -----       ------
                                                                        -----       ------                     -----       ------

NONINTEREST-EARNING ASSETS
Cash and due from banks                                 $ 11,086                               $ 10,852
Goodwill                                                   7,709                                  8,123
Other                                                     13,480                                 12,949
                                                        --------                               --------
           Total noninterest-earning assets             $ 32,275                               $ 31,924
                                                        --------                               --------
                                                        --------                               --------


NONINTEREST-BEARING FUNDING SOURCES
Deposits                                                $ 43,303                               $ 38,127
Other liabilities                                          7,197                                  6,440
Preferred stockholders' equity                               463                                    463
Common stockholders' equity                               20,269                                 19,358
Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to
   fund earning assets                                   (38,957)                               (32,464)
                                                        --------                               --------
             Net noninterest-bearing funding sources    $ 32,275                               $ 31,924
                                                        --------                               --------
                                                        --------                               --------

TOTAL ASSETS                                            $197,772                               $181,243
                                                        --------                               --------
                                                        --------                               --------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

(1)  The average prime rate of the Company was 7.92% and 8.50% for the quarters
     ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  The average three-month
     London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) was 5.28%  and 5.84% for the same
     quarters, respectively.
(2)  Interest rates and amounts include the effects of hedge and risk management
     activities associated with the respective asset and liability categories.
(3)  Yields are based on amortized cost balances.
(4)  Nonaccrual loans and related income are included in their respective loan
     categories.
(5)  Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments that primarily relate to income on
     certain loans and securities that is exempt from federal and applicable
     state income taxes.  The federal statutory tax rate was 35% for all periods
     presented.


                                          11
<PAGE>

LOAN PORTFOLIO

       The following table presents the remaining contractual principal 
maturities of selected loan categories at December 31, 1998 and a summary of 
the major categories of loans outstanding at the end of the last five years.  
At December 31, 1998, the Company did not have loan concentrations that 
exceeded 10% of total loans, except as shown below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 DECEMBER 31, 1998
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           OVER ONE YEAR
                                                      THROUGH FIVE YEARS             OVER FIVE YEARS
                                                      ------------------             ---------------
                                                                FLOATING                    FLOATING
                                                                      OR                          OR
                                    ONE YEAR         FIXED    ADJUSTABLE         FIXED    ADJUSTABLE
(in millions)                        OR LESS          RATE          RATE          RATE          RATE         TOTAL
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>             <C>       <C>               <C>       <C>             <C>
Selected loan maturities:
  Commercial                         $20,037        $3,072       $10,124        $  352        $1,865      $ 35,450
  Real estate 1-4 family first
    mortgage                           2,848           747           418         3,889         3,727        11,629
  Other real estate mortgage           2,905         2,585         4,019         3,926         3,233        16,668
  Real estate construction             2,165           193         1,124           145           163         3,790
  Foreign                                695           752            98            45            19         1,609
                                     -------        ------       -------        ------        ------      --------

      Total selected loan
        maturities                   $28,650        $7,349       $15,783        $8,357        $9,007        69,146
                                     -------        ------       -------        ------        ------      --------
                                     -------        ------       -------        ------        ------      

Other loan categories:
  Consumer:
    Real estate 1-4 family
      junior lien mortgage                                                                                  10,996
    Credit card                                                                                              5,795
    Other revolving credit and
      monthly payment                                                                                       15,677
                                                                                                          --------
        Total consumer                                                                                      32,468

  Lease financing                                                                                            6,380
                                                                                                          --------

        Total loans                                                                                       $107,994
                                                                                                          --------
                                                                                                          --------

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            December 31,
                                     --------------------------------------------------
(in millions)                            1997          1996          1995          1994
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>
Selected loan maturities:
  Commercial                         $ 32,061      $ 30,794       $20,127       $16,550
  Real estate 1-4 family first
    mortgage                           14,165        16,051         8,799        14,335
  Other real estate mortgage           16,326        16,419        11,857        10,616
  Real estate construction              3,326         3,247         2,108         1,581
  Foreign                               1,155         1,132           932           643
                                     --------      --------       -------       -------

      Total selected loan
        maturities                     67,033        67,643        43,823        43,725
                                     --------      --------       -------       -------
Other loan categories:
  Consumer:
    Real estate 1-4 family
      junior lien mortgage             10,618        10,357         6,970         6,433
    Credit card                         6,671         7,028         5,667         5,636
    Other revolving credit and
      monthly payment                  17,021        16,916        11,715         8,686
                                     --------      --------       -------       -------
        Total consumer                 34,310        34,301        24,352        20,755

  Lease financing                       4,968         3,816         2,605         2,095
                                     --------      --------       -------       -------


        Total loans                  $106,311      $105,760       $70,780       $66,575
                                     --------      --------       -------       -------
                                     --------      --------       -------       -------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>


       The table at the top of the following page summarizes other real estate
loans by state and property type.  The table at the bottom of the following page
summarizes real estate construction loans by state and project type.


                                          12
<PAGE>

REAL ESTATE MORTGAGE LOANS BY STATE AND TYPE
(excluding 1-4 family first mortgages)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                            -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     California                   Texas               Minnesota                  Nevada
                            -------------------       -----------------       -----------------       -----------------
                              Total        Non-       Total        Non-       Total        Non-       Total        Non-
(in millions)                 loans     accrual       loans     accrual       loans     accrual       loans     accrual
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>         <C>           <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>
Office buildings            $ 2,032        $ 19       $ 218        $ --        $ 76        $ --       $ 117        $ --
Retail buildings              1,191          35         229           3         220           1          64          --
Industrial                    1,564           8         246           2         269           1         102          --
Hotels/motels                   278           2         251           2          49          --         408           9
Apartments                      620           7         123          --         102          --         108          --
Institutional                   654           9          67           3          --          --          33          --
Agricultural                    274           8          50           1          64           2          --          --
Land                            184           1          87          --          27          --          13          --
1-4 family structures (1)         3          --          66          --          43          --           1          --
Other                           123           1         137           3          90           1          52          --
                            -------        ----     -------        ----       -----         ---       -----        ----

  Total by state            $ 6,923        $ 90     $ 1,474        $ 14       $ 940         $ 5       $ 898         $ 9
                            -------        ----     -------        ----       -----         ---       -----        ----
                            -------        ----     -------        ----       -----         ---       -----        ----

  % of total loans               41%                      9%                      6%                      5%
                            -------                 -------                   -----                   -----
                            -------                 -------                   -----                   -----

  Nonaccruals as a %
    of total by state                         1%                      1%                      1%                      1%
                                           ----                    ----                     ---                    ----
                                           ----                    ----                     ---                    ----
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              December 31, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Other                                Non-
                                                 states (2)              All states    accruals
                                       -------------------     --------------------      as a %
                                          Total        Non-       Total        Non-    of total
(in millions)                             loans     accrual       loans     accrual     by type
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Office buildings                        $ 1,162         $ 3     $ 3,605        $ 22           1%
Retail buildings                          1,675          46       3,379          85           3
Industrial                                  773           3       2,954          14          --
Hotels/motels                               700          15       1,686          28           2
Apartments                                  567           3       1,520          10           1
Institutional                               354           4       1,108          16           1
Agricultural                                510           7         898          18           2
Land                                        180          --         491           1          --
1-4 family structures (1)                   155           1         268           1          --
Other                                       357           3         759           8           1
                                        -------        ----    --------       -----          

  Total by state                        $ 6,433        $ 85    $ 16,668       $ 203           1%
                                        -------        ----    --------       -----          --
                                        -------        ----    --------       -----          --

  % of total loans                           39%                    100%
                                        -------                --------
                                        -------                --------

  Nonaccruals as a %
    of total by state                                     1%
                                                       ----
                                                       ----

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Represents loans to real estate developers secured by 1-4 family
     residential developments.
(2)  Consists of 36 states; no state had loans in excess of $813 million at
     December 31, 1998.

REAL ESTATE CONSTRUCTION LOANS BY STATE AND TYPE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               California               Arizona                 Texas              Colorado
                         ----------------      ----------------      ----------------      ----------------
                         Total       Non-      Total       Non-      Total       Non-      Total       Non-
(in millions)            loans    accrual      loans    accrual      loans    accrual      loans    accrual
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>       <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>     <C>
Retail buildings        $  116        $ 1       $ 77       $ --       $ 27        $--       $ 19       $ --
1-4 family:
  Land                     151         --          1         --          6         --         17         --
  Structures               160          3        102          1        117          1         99          1
Land (excluding
  1-4 family)              139         --         37         --         35          2         17         --
Apartments                 134          4         83         --         49         --         37         --
Office buildings           140         --         40         --         30         --         27         --
Industrial                 152          2         27         --         16         --         40         --
Hotels/motels               53         --          8         --          7         --         19         --
Institutional               51         --         10         --         31         --         20         --
Agricultural                 4         --          2         --          1         --         --         --
Other                      123         --         11         --         12          1         13         --
                        ------        ---       ----         --       ----         --       ----         --

  Total by state        $1,223        $10       $398         $1       $331         $4       $308         $1
                        ------        ---       ----         --       ----         --       ----         --
                        ------        ---       ----         --       ----         --       ----         --

  % of total loans          32%                   11%                    9%                    8%
                        ------                  ----                  ----                  ----
                        ------                  ----                  ----                  ----

  Nonaccruals as a %
    of total by state                   1%                   --%                    1%                   --%
                                      ---                    --                    --                    --
                                      ---                    --                    --                    --
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          December 31, 1998
                         --------------------------------------------------
                                    Other                              Non-
                                states(1)            All states    accruals
                         ----------------      ----------------       as a%
                         Total       Non-      Total       Non-    of total
(in millions)            loans    accrual      loans    accrual     by type
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>    <C>           <C>    <C>          <C>
Retail buildings         $ 180       $ --      $ 419        $ 1         --%
1-4 family:
  Land                      73         --        248         --         --
  Structures               260          1        738          7          1
Land (excluding
  1-4 family)              253         --        481          2         --
Apartments                 105         --        408          4          1
Office buildings           141         --        378         --         --
Industrial                  90         --        325          2          1
Hotels/motels              116         --        203         --         --
Institutional               63         --        175         --         --
Agricultural                 5         --         12         --         --
Other                      244         --        403          1         --
                        ------         --     ------        ---         

  Total by state        $1,530         $1     $3,790        $17         --%
                        ------         --     ------        ---         --
                        ------         --     ------        ---         --

  % of total loans           40%                 100%
                        -------               ------
                        -------               ------

   Nonaccruals as a %
     of total by state                 --%
                                       --
                                       --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Consists of 30 states; no state had loans in excess of $282 million at `
     December 31, 1998.


                                          13
<PAGE>

UNDERWRITING POLICIES AND PRACTICES

         It is the policy of the Company to grant credit in accordance with the
principles of sound risk management and the Company's business strategy. The
Company obtains and analyzes sufficient information to determine that the
purpose of a credit extension is lawful and productive and that the borrower is
able to repay as scheduled. Credit is structured in a manner consistent with
such supporting analysis and is monitored to detect changes in quality. The
Company's credit policies establish the fundamental credit principles which
guide the Company in granting loans, leases, lines of credit, standby and
commercial letters of credit, acceptances and commitments ("direct credit") to
customers on an unsecured, partially secured or fully secured basis. The credit
product line for both businesses and individuals includes standardized products
as well as customized, individual accommodations. In addition, the Company
provides products and services which could become direct credit exposure unless
such products are offered on a "cash only" basis. These include: automated
clearing house services, controlled disbursement, wire services, foreign
exchange services, interest rate protection products, Federal fund lines to
banks, cash letters and deposit accounts which create exposure by allowing use
of funds advanced/uncollected funds ("operating credit"). Standardized
documentation and underwriting and a study of the requirements of the secondary
market are an explicit consideration in credit product development.

         The Company requires some degree of background check into character and
credit history of all its credit customers. Extensions of credit must be
supported by current financial information on the borrower (and guarantor) which
is appropriate to the size and type of credit being offered; such information
can denote any material which serves to inform the Company about the financial
health of its credit customers. An accompanying credit analysis includes, at a
minimum, an evaluation of the customer's financial strength and probability of
repayment, with due consideration given to the negative factors which may affect
the borrower's ability to meet repayment schedules. Collateral is valued in
accordance with Company appraisal standards and, where applicable, appraisal
regulations issued under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and
Enforcement Act of 1989 and other applicable law. For commercial real estate
transactions, the recommending officer reviews and evaluates the key assumptions
supporting the appraised value.

         In addition to a broad range of laws and regulations and the Company's
credit policies, the Company has established minimum underwriting standards
which delineate criteria for sources of repayment, financial strength and
enhancements such as guarantees. The primary source of repayment will be
recurring cash flow of the borrower or cash flow from the real estate project
being financed. Underwriting standards include: minimum financial condition and
cash flow hurdles for unsecured credit; maximum loan to collateral value ratios
for secured products; minimum cash flow coverage of debt service, or debt to
income ratios, for term products; minimum liquidity and maximum financial
leverage requirements when lending to highly leveraged borrowers; and, for
certain products, a description of any credit scoring criteria and methodology
employed. Prudent credit practice will permit credit extensions which are an
exception to the minimum underwriting standards; procedures for


                                          14
<PAGE>

approval of exceptions are included in Company policy; and certain exceptions
are reported to the Board of Directors.

         Generally, the Company's minimum underwriting standards for 
commercial real estate include various maximum loan-to-value ("LTV") ratios 
ranging from 50% to 80%, depending on the type of collateral and the size and 
purpose of the loan; minimum debt service (stabilized net income divided by 
debt service cost) ranging from 1.10 to 1.30 depending on the type of 
property financed; and maximum terms ranging from 2 to 15 years for certain 
commercial property loans depending on the same loan/collateral 
characteristics. For example, a typical owner-occupied commercial real estate 
loan would most often have a maximum LTV of 80%, debt service coverage of 
1.25 and a term of 4 to 15 years. For community reinvestment projects, the 
Company applies special underwriting criteria to its financing of 
construction of affordable multi-family housing built by non-profit as well 
as for-profit developers.

         The Company has devoted a limited portion of its commercial real 
estate portfolio to higher-risk loans, for which a commensurate return is 
expected. Such transactions include purchases of performing or distressed 
real estate loans at a discount, acquisition of rated and unrated tranches of 
commercial mortgage obligations, senior loan originations, mezzanine 
financing and origination of single assets for securitization. Many of the 
higher-yielding transactions may contain non-recourse provisions. In general, 
this business is more "opportunistic" in nature, as opposed to representing a 
highly defined lending program. As such, higher LTVs (up to 90% or 95%) will 
be underwritten on occasion, particularly in the case of junior and senior 
participating debt.

         Generally, commercial loan categories include unsecured loans and 
lines of credit with minimum debt service coverage (earnings before interest, 
taxes, depreciation and amortization divided by debt service cost) dependent 
on the specific credit analysis. Common forms of collateral pledged to secure 
commercial credit accommodations include accounts receivable, inventories, 
equipment, agricultural crops or livestock, marketable securities and cash or 
cash equivalent. In addition to the minimum debt service requirements, most 
transactions have maximum terms of 1 to 8 years and/or LTVs in the range of 
65% to 85%, based on an analysis of the collateral pledged.  Wells Fargo HSBC 
Trade Bank, which provides trade financing, letters of credit, foreign 
exchange services and collection services, generally uses the same 
underwriting guidelines as the Company has established for its commercial 
lending functions.

         The Company also allocates a relatively small percentage of its 
commercial loan portfolio to the origination of asset-based loans secured by 
"hard assets" (accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and/or real estate). 
In contrast to traditional commercial lending, asset-based borrowers 
generally do not have the ability to repay their debts through cash flow; 
therefore, such loans are fully secured and tailored to the growth and 
turnover of the borrower's self-liquidating asset base. Maximum LTVs are 
generally in the range of 65% to 85%, with specialized collateral monitoring 
and control procedures in place to mitigate risk exposure.

                                          15
<PAGE>

         The Company has devoted a focused product group to providing a full 
range of credit products to small businesses with annual sales of up to $10 
million and in which the owner of the business is also the principal 
financial decision maker.  Credit products include lines of credit, 
receivables and inventory financing, equipment loans and leases and real 
estate financing.  In addition, the group employs a variety of government 
sponsored credit programs designed to meet the credit needs of small 
businesses who fit "near bankable" business profiles.  The group utilizes 
automated credit decision methods, including credit scoring and rule-based 
criteria, to approve or decline requests for credit.   In some cases, more 
traditional analysis is employed.  An evaluation of the soundness and 
desirability of collateral, if any, is also required before an extension of 
credit will be made. Loan-to-value, debt service coverage and maximum loan 
term underwriting guidelines employed are, in general, similar to those 
described earlier for commercial and commercial real estate loan products.

         The Company is an active participant in the national transportation 
finance market, underwriting primarily consumer auto leases and indirect auto 
loans (sales finance contracts). Direct loans and marine and recreational 
vehicle loans are also offered as accommodation products for our retail 
customers and a select group of dealers. Most applicants for these credit 
products are assigned a credit score which is indicative of their relative 
probability of repayment. The credit scoring models are validated as to their 
predictive power on a periodic basis. The lending group includes in its 
credit decision making criteria other judgmental factors, such as advance 
rate and debt to income ratio, which are used to augment this credit score. 
However, all credit decisions made contrary to an established cut-off score 
must be supported and documented by a credit officer with the appropriate 
approval authority.

         The Company's principal target market for offering consumer credit 
cards and consumer loans and lines of credit is its franchise states in the 
U.S. as well as customers from its national businesses. Some accounts from 
previous national campaigns and portfolio acquisitions also remain in the 
portfolio. The credit review process includes initial screens to ensure that 
applicants meet minimum age and income level requirements for the product 
requested. Fraud screens are also completed and credit bureau reports are 
used to calculate the debt-to-income ratios and credit scores on which an 
evaluation of creditworthiness is based. Analyst review may be used to 
supplement the recommendations of the credit score. Applicants with major 
derogatory bureau information, minimal credit references, or high 
debt-to-income ratios may be considered for declines in spite of passing the 
credit score, while other favorable factors may be considered in approving 
applicants failing the credit score. Income, employment and/or collateral 
verification may be required for certain products and loan amounts.

         The Company offers a variety of first mortgage loan products to 
customers. The loan products are underwritten and packaged for sale in the 
secondary mortgage markets.  A limited number of these loans are purchased by 
the Company, typically for community lending purposes or other client 
accommodations.  The Company also provides second mortgage loans and lines of

                                          16
<PAGE>

credit secured by first and second deeds of trust directly to its customers. The
Company relies on cash flow as the primary source of repayment for these equity
products. The nature of the credit review that is conducted depends on the
product, but typically consists of an evaluation of the applicant's debt ratios
and credit history, either judgmentally or using a credit score, along with a
review of the collateral. Maximum combined LTVs will range from 50% to 100%
depending on the nature, amount and term of the loan.

         The Company operates a diversified consumer finance company, which 
conducts consumer finance and auto finance business. The finance company also 
issues credit cards and has a relatively small portfolio of accounts 
receivable, lease and other commercial financing. The majority of its loans 
are secured by liens on household goods, automobiles, other personal property 
or real estate. The consumer finance operation makes direct loans to 
consumers and purchase sales finance contracts from retail merchants from 
offices throughout the United States, and in Canada, the Caribbean and Latin 
America. The auto finance business specializes in purchasing sales finance 
contracts directly from automobile dealers and making loans secured by 
automobiles in the United States and Puerto Rico. In order to make a careful 
selection of credit risks, the company reviews credit information concerning 
each applicant to determine income, living expenses, payment obligations, 
indebtedness, paying habits and length and stability of employment. The 
information is obtained from the applicants, the applicants' employers, 
creditors of the applicants and credit reporting agencies; however, credit 
scoring is not used as an automated credit decision tool.

         The above underwriting practices are general standards that are 
subject to change; the actual terms and conditions of a specific credit 
transaction are dependent on an analysis of the specific transaction.

                                          17
<PAGE>


CHANGES IN THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in millions)                                               1998           1997           1996           1995           1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
BALANCE, BEGINNING OF YEAR                               $ 3,062        $ 3,059        $ 2,711         $2,872         $2,911

Allowances related to assets acquired, net                   144            168            870            119             29

Provision for loan losses                                  1,545          1,140            500            312            365

Loan charge-offs:
   Commercial                                               (261)          (357)          (200)           (99)           (90)
   Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage                     (26)           (26)           (24)           (20)           (23)
   Other real estate mortgage                                (54)           (26)           (50)           (59)           (96)
   Real estate construction                                   (3)            (5)           (14)           (10)           (22)
   Consumer:
      Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage            (31)           (37)           (38)           (23)           (33)
      Credit card                                           (535)          (579)          (487)          (330)          (211)
      Other revolving credit and monthly payment          (1,002)          (618)          (488)          (255)          (167)
                                                        --------       --------       --------         ------         ------
         Total consumer                                   (1,568)        (1,234)        (1,013)          (608)          (411)
   Lease financing                                           (48)           (46)           (35)           (18)           (16)
   Foreign                                                   (84)           (37)           (35)           (29)           (26)
                                                        --------       --------       --------         ------         ------
           Total loan charge-offs                         (2,044)        (1,731)        (1,371)          (843)          (684)
                                                        --------       --------       --------         ------         ------

Loan recoveries:
   Commercial                                                 82            105             89             68             74
   Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage                      11              9             12              8             11
   Other real estate mortgage                                 78             62             57             65             43
   Real estate construction                                    4             12             12              5             22
   Consumer:
      Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage              7             10             10              4              5
      Credit card                                             56             61             50             26             29
      Other revolving credit and monthly payment             163            144            101             57             46
                                                        --------       --------       --------         ------         ------
         Total consumer                                      226            215            161             87             80
   Lease financing                                            12             13              9             13             17
   Foreign                                                    14             10              9              5              4
                                                        --------       --------       --------         ------         ------
           Total loan recoveries                             427            426            349            251            251
                                                        --------       --------       --------         ------         ------
             Total net loan charge-offs                   (1,617)        (1,305)        (1,022)          (592)          (433)
                                                        --------       --------       --------         ------         ------

BALANCE, END OF YEAR                                     $ 3,134        $ 3,062        $ 3,059         $2,711         $2,872
                                                        --------       --------       --------         ------         ------
                                                        --------       --------       --------         ------         ------
Total net loan charge-offs as a percentage of
   average total loans                                      1.52%          1.25%          1.04%           .84%           .70%
                                                        --------       --------       --------         ------         ------
                                                        --------       --------       --------         ------         ------

Allowance as a percentage of total loans                    2.90%          2.88%          2.89%          3.83%          4.31%
                                                        --------       --------       --------         ------         ------
                                                        --------       --------       --------         ------         ------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

          The SEC requires the Company to present the ratio of the allowance for
loan losses to total nonaccrual loans.  This ratio was 442% and 434% at
December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  This ratio may fluctuate
significantly from period to period due to such factors as the mix of loan types
in the portfolio, the prospects of borrowers and the value and marketability of
collateral as well as, for the nonaccrual portfolio taken as a whole, wide
variances from period to period in terms of delinquency and relationship of book
to contractual principal balance. Classification of a loan as nonaccrual does
not necessarily indicate that the principal of a loan is uncollectible in whole
or in part.  Consequently, the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to
nonaccrual loans, taken alone and without taking into account numerous
additional factors, is not a reliable indicator of the adequacy of the allowance
for loan losses.  Indicators of the credit quality of the Company's loan
portfolio and the method of determining the allowance for loan losses are
discussed in the 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders.


                                          18
<PAGE>

ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

          The table on page 22 provides a breakdown of the allowance for loan
losses by loan category. The Company has an established process to determine the
adequacy of the allowance for loan losses which assesses the risk and losses
inherent in its portfolio.  This process provides an allowance consisting of two
components, allocated and unallocated.  To arrive at the allocated component of
the allowance, the Company combines estimates of the allowances needed for loans
analyzed individually (including impaired loans subject to Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 114 (FAS 114), Accounting by Creditors for
Impairment of a Loan) and loans analyzed on a pool basis.

          The determination of allocated reserves for portfolios of larger
commercial and commercial real estate loans involves a review of individual
higher-risk transactions, focusing on the accuracy of loan grading, assessments
of specific loss content, and, in some cases, strategies for resolving problem
credits.  These considerations supplement the application of loss factors
delineated by individual loan grade to the existing distribution of risk
exposures, thus framing an assessment of inherent losses across the entire
wholesale lending portfolio segment which is responsive to shifts in portfolio
risk content.  The loss factors used for this analysis have been derived from
migration models which track actual portfolio movements from problem asset loan
grades to loss over a 5 to 10 year period. In the case of pass loan grades, the
loss factors are derived from analogous loss experience in public debt markets,
calibrated to the long-term average loss experience of the Company's portfolios.
The loan loss reserve allocations arrived at through this loss factor
methodology are adjusted based on management's judgment concerning the effect of
recent economic events on portfolio performance.

          In the case of more homogeneous portfolios, such as consumer loans and
leases, residential mortgage loans, and some segments of small business lending,
the determination of allocated reserves is conducted at an aggregate, or pooled,
level.  For portfolios of this nature, the risk assessment process emphasizes
the development of rigorous forecasting models, which focus on recent
delinquency and loss trends in different portfolio segments to project relevant
risk metrics over an intermediate-term horizon.  Such analyses are updated
frequently to capture the most recent behavioral characteristics of the subject
portfolios, as well as any changes in management's loss mitigation or customer
solicitation strategies, in order to reduce the differences between estimated
and observed losses. A reserve which approximates one year of projected net
losses is provided as the baseline allocation for most homogeneous portfolios,
to which management may add certain adjustments to ensure that a prudent amount
of conservatism is present in the specific assumptions underlying that forecast.

          While coverage of one year's losses is often adequate (particularly
for homogeneous pools of loans and leases), the time period covered by the
allowance may vary by portfolio, based on the Company's best estimate of the
inherent losses in the entire portfolio as of the evaluation date. To mitigate
the imprecision inherent in most estimates of expected credit losses, the
allocated component of the allowance is supplemented by an unallocated
component.  The unallocated component includes management's judgmental
determination of the amounts


                                          19
<PAGE>

necessary for concentrations, economic uncertainties and other subjective 
factors; correspondingly, the relationship of the unallocated component to 
the total allowance for loan losses may fluctuate from period to period.  
Although management has allocated a portion of the allowance to specific loan 
categories, the adequacy of the allowance must be considered in its entirety.

          At December 31, 1998 the allowance for loan losses was $3,134 million
(2.90% of total loans), compared with $3,062 million (2.88% of total loans) at
December 31, 1997. During 1998, net charge-offs exceeded the provision for loan
losses by $72 million; however, the addition of $144 million of allowances
related to acquired assets accounted for the net growth of $72 million in the
reserve, year over year. The components of the allowance, allocated and
unallocated, are shown in the table on page 22. The allocated component declined
to $1,968 million from $2,061 million, while the unallocated component grew to
$1,166 million from $1,001 million, as of December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

          The $93 million reduction in the allocated component was 
substantially due to the lower allocated allowance to loans outstanding 
ratios in the credit card, other real estate mortgage, and lease financing 
portfolios.  The lower projected future losses in the leasing portfolio, 
despite significant portfolio growth, reduced allocated reserves by roughly 
$20 million year over year. Likewise, net loss rates in the credit card 
portfolio are expected to improve modestly during 1999, which, combined with 
further expected run-off in the portfolio, brought the allocated reserve 
requirement down by roughly $65 million. Finally, the commercial real estate 
portfolio showed continuing gradual improvement in problem asset trends, with 
significant reductions in nonaccruing loans and increases in recoveries of 
previous charge-offs. The improvements in the credit quality of this 
portfolio translated into a reduction of approximately $55 million in the 
allocated reserve. A portion of these reductions in the allocated component 
was offset by increases of approximately $45 million in the foreign and other 
consumer product categories which relate primarily to an increase in reserve 
coverage of expected losses in Norwest Financial, including Island Finance.  

          The changes in the allocated reserve relate primarily to projected 
rates of loss in different portfolio segments.  Analyzing the movements in 
the allocated reserve strictly from a loan volume perspective indicates that, 
had the ratio of allocated reserves to loans outstanding remained flat with 
the 1997 ratio of 1.94%, allocated reserves would have increased by roughly 
$33 million, as loans outstanding grew by $1.7 billion during the year. 
However, due to a shift in portfolio composition, the higher volume increased 
the allocated reserve by only $12 million, as relatively lower-risk 
commercial loans and lease financing supplanted higher-risk credit cards and 
other consumer loans.

          There were no material changes in estimation methods and assumptions
for the allowance that took place during the year.  Relatively minor differences
existed in the methodologies for deriving the allocated portion of the allowance
employed by the former Norwest and the former Wells Fargo; these differences
will be reconciled in the first half of 1999. No material changes to the level
of the allowance are expected.

          The Company considers the allowance for loan losses of $3,134 million
adequate to cover losses inherent in loans, loan commitments, and standby
letters of credit at December 31,


                                          20
<PAGE>

1998. This allowance is roughly 1.9 times the level of 1998 net losses (or 2.4
times 1998 net losses, exclusive of approximately $300 million of losses in
Island Finance, reflecting a fourth quarter review of its loan portfolio). This
ratio is expected to remain in the range of 2.5 times coverage of 1999 net
losses, which was its approximate value during the first three quarters of 1998.

          The foregoing discussion contains forward-looking statements about the
adequacy of the Company's reserves for future loan losses.  These
forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties.  A
number of factors--many of which are beyond the Company's control--could cause
actual losses to be more than estimated losses.  Among these factors are changes
in political and economic conditions, interest rate fluctuations, technological
changes (including the "Year 2000" data systems compliance issue), equity and
fixed income market fluctuations, personal and commercial customers'
bankruptcies, inflation, changes in law, changes in fiscal, monetary, regulatory
and tax policies, monetary fluctuations, credit quality and credit risk
management, mergers and acquisitions, and the integration of merged and acquired
companies.


                                          21
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(in millions)                                                1998                  1997                  1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>                      <C>                   <C>
Commercial                                                  $ 605                 $ 560                 $ 472
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage                          50                    64                    53
Other real estate mortgage                                    230                   277                   340
Real estate construction                                       56                    46                    59
Consumer:
  Credit card                                                 344                   471                   440
  Other consumer                                              550                   542                   452
                                                           ------                ------                ------
    Total consumer                                            894                 1,013                   892
Lease financing                                                54                    58                    47
Foreign                                                        79                    43                    34
                                                           ------                ------                ------
    Total allocated                                         1,968                 2,061                 1,897
Unallocated component of
  the allowance (1)                                         1,166                 1,001                 1,162
                                                           ------                ------                ------
    Total                                                  $3,134                $3,062                $3,059
                                                           ------                ------                ------
                                                           ------                ------                ------


                                               --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             1998                  1997                  1996
                                               ------------------    ------------------    ------------------
                                                ALLOC.       LOAN     Alloc.       Loan     Alloc.       Loan
                                                ALLOW.     CATGRY     allow.     catgry     allow.     catgry
                                                   AS%        AS%        as%        as%        as%        as%
                                               OF LOAN   OF TOTAL    of loan   of total    of loan   of total
                                                CATGRY      LOANS     catgry      loans     catgry      loans
                                               -------   --------    -------   --------    -------   --------
<S>                                            <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
Commercial                                        1.71%        33%      1.75%        30%      1.53%        29%
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage              .43         11        .45         14        .33         15
Other real estate mortgage                        1.38         15       1.70         15       2.07         16
Real estate construction                          1.48          4       1.38          3       1.82          3
Consumer:
  Credit card                                     5.94          5       7.06          6       6.26          6
  Other consumer                                  2.06         25       1.96         26       1.66         26
                                                              ---                   ---                   ---
    Total consumer                                2.75         30       2.95         32       2.60         32
Lease financing                                    .85          6       1.17          5       1.23          4
Foreign                                           4.91          1       3.72          1       3.00          1
                                                              ---                   ---                   ---

    Total allocated                               1.82        100%      1.94        100%      1.79        100%
                                                              ---                   ---                   ---
                                                              ---                   ---                   ---
Unallocated component of
  the allowance (1)                               1.08                   .94                  1.10
                                                  ----                   ---                  ----
    Total                                         2.90%                 2.88%                 2.89%
                                                  ----                   ---                  ----
                                                  ----                   ---                  ----
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>

                                                                            December 31,
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in millions)                                                1995                  1994
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>
Commercial                                                 $  321                $  248
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage                          73                    69
Other real estate mortgage                                    291                   330
Real estate construction                                       68                    62
Consumer:
  Credit card                                                 383                   126
  Other consumer                                              313                   240
                                                           ------                ------
    Total consumer                                            696                   366
Lease financing                                                41                    34
Foreign                                                        27                    20
                                                           ------                ------
    Total allocated                                         1,517                 1,129
Unallocated component of
  the allowance (1)                                         1,194                 1,743
                                                           ------                ------
    Total                                                  $2,711                $2,872
                                                           ------                ------
                                                           ------                ------


                                                                            December 31,
                                                ---------------------------------------
                                                             1995                  1994
                                                -----------------     -----------------
                                                Alloc.       Loan     Alloc.       Loan
                                                allow.     catgry     allow.     catgry
                                                   as%        as%        as%        as%
                                               of loan   of total    of loan   of total
                                                catgry      loans     catgry      loans
                                               -------   --------    -------   --------
<S>                                            <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
Commercial                                        1.59%        28%      1.50%        25%
Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage              .83         13        .48         22
Other real estate mortgage                        2.45         17       3.11         16
Real estate construction                          3.23          3       3.92          2
Consumer:
  Credit card                                     6.76          8       2.24          8
  Other consumer                                  1.68         26       1.59         23
                                                              ---                   ---
    Total consumer                                2.86         34       1.76         31
Lease financing                                   1.57          4       1.62          3
Foreign                                           2.90          1       3.11          1
                                                              ---                   ---
    Total allocated                               2.14        100%      1.70        100%
                                                              ---                   ---
                                                              ---                   ---
Unallocated component of
  the allowance (1)                               1.69                  2.61
                                                  ----                  ----
    Total                                         3.83%                 4.31%
                                                  ----                  ----
                                                  ----                  ----

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1) This amount and any unabsorbed portion of the allocated allowance are also
    available for any of the above listed loan categories.


                                          22
<PAGE>

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

          The Company uses interest rate derivative financial instruments as 
asset/liability management tools to hedge the Company's exposure to interest 
rate fluctuations. The Company also offers contracts to its customers, but 
hedges such contracts by purchasing other financial contracts or uses the 
contracts for asset/liability management. The derivative activities table 
below reconciles the beginning and ending notional or contractual amounts for 
derivative financial instruments used for asset/liability management purposes 
for 1998 and shows the expected remaining maturity at year-end 1998.  The 
interest rate swap maturities and average rates table on the following page 
summarizes the notional amount, expected maturities and weighted average 
interest rates associated with amounts to be received or paid on interest 
rate swap agreements, together with an indication of the asset/liability 
hedged.  For a further discussion of derivative financial instruments, refer 
to Note 23 to Financial Statements, incorporated by reference herein.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DERIVATIVE ACTIVITIES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                Year ended December 31, 1998
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                    Weighted
                                                                                                                     average
                                                                                                                    expected
                                                                   Amortization                                    remaining
                                        Beginning                           and                        Ending   maturity (in
(in millions)                             balance      Additions     maturities   Terminations        balance     yrs.-mos.)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>                 <C>       <C>
Interest rate contracts:
   Swaps                                  $24,052       $  6,169        $ 4,059       $  1,733        $24,429           2-10
   Futures                                 10,949        117,615            450         65,766         62,348            1-4
   Floors and caps                         35,344          6,054          7,770             30         33,598            2-3
   Options                                 11,168        156,776         62,832         79,290         25,822            0-2
   Forwards                                27,507        558,887         98,977        446,134         41,283            0-1
Foreign exchange contracts:
   Forwards and spots                         548          1,164          1,524             20            168            0-2
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

Net deferred gains related to interest rate futures contracts were $316 
million at December 31, 1998, most of which will be fully amortized within 
seven years.  The net deferred gains on terminated derivative financial 
instruments were $412 million and $164 million at December 31, 1998 and 1997 
respectively.


                                          23
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

INTEREST RATE SWAP MATURITIES AND AVERAGE RATES (1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            There-
(in millions)                                 1999        2000        2001        2002       after       Total
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Receive-fixed rate (hedges loans)
  Notional amount                           $2,577      $3,667      $4,193      $2,632      $1,163     $14,232
  Weighted average rate received              6.70%       6.67%       6.23%       5.78%       5.98%       6.32%
  Weighted average rate paid                  5.06        5.09        5.16        5.24        5.42        5.16

Receive-fixed rate (hedges senior
  and subordinated debt)
  Notional amount                           $  766      $  400      $  752      $  400      $2,558     $ 4,876
  Weighted average rate received              7.28%       6.17%       6.64%       6.59%       6.82%       6.79%
  Weighted average rate paid                  5.50        5.28        5.22        5.38        5.35        5.35

Receive-fixed rate (hedges
  mortgage servicing rights)
  Notional amount                           $   --      $  173      $   --      $   --      $   --     $   173
  Weighted average rate received                --%       2.89%         --%         --%         --%       2.89%
  Weighted average rate paid                    --        5.72          --          --          --        5.72

Receive-fixed rate (hedges deposits)
  Notional amount                           $1,112      $1,950      $1,550      $   --      $   --     $ 4,612
  Weighted average rate received              7.08%       5.55%       5.47%         --%         --%       5.90%
  Weighted average rate paid                  4.87        5.07        5.24          --          --        5.08

Other swaps (2)
  Notional amount                           $2,021      $1,942      $1,879      $  563      $1,926     $ 8,331
  Weighted average rate received              5.53%       5.57%       5.53%       5.83%       5.79%       5.62%
  Weighted average rate paid                  5.40        5.46        5.40        5.73        5.46        5.45

Total notional amount                       $6,476      $8,132      $8,374      $3,595      $5,647     $32,224
                                            ------      ------      ------      ------      ------     -------
                                            ------      ------      ------      ------      ------     -------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>


(1)  Variable interest rates are presented on the basis of rates in effect at
     December 31, 1998.  These rates may change substantially in the future due
     to open market factors.
(2)  Predominantly represents customer accommodation swaps not used for
     asset/liability management purposes. The notional amount predominantly
     reflects customer accommodations as well as the swaps used to hedge the
     customer accommodations.


PROPERTIES

          The Company owns its headquarters building in San Francisco as well as
Wells Fargo Centers in Phoenix, Arizona and Portland, Oregon.  In addition, the
Company leases office space for data processing support and various
administrative departments in major locations in California, Minnesota, Texas,
Arizona, Colorado and Oregon.

          As of December 31, 1998, the Company's Community Banking Group
subsidiaries operate out of about 6,000 banking locations under various types of
ownership and leasehold agreements.  Norwest Mortgage leases its headquarters in
Des Moines, Iowa, servicing centers in Minneapolis, Minnesota; Phoenix, Arizona;
Charlotte, North Carolina; and Springfield, Illinois, operations centers in
Frederick, Maryland and St. Louis, Missouri and all mortgage production offices
nationwide.  In addition, Norwest Mortgage owns servicing centers located in
Springfield,


                                          24
<PAGE>

Ohio and Riverside, California.  Norwest Financial owns its headquarters in Des
Moines, Iowa, and leases all branch locations.

          The Company is also a joint venture partner in two office buildings in
downtown Los Angeles, California and one in Sacramento, California, of which
approximately one-half of the space is occupied by administrative staff of the
Company and the remainder is sublet.

          For further information with respect to premises and equipment and
commitments under noncancelable leases for premises and equipment, refer to
Note 6 to Financial Statements, incorporated by reference herein.

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

          A special meeting of stockholders of Norwest Corporation was held on
October 20, 1998, to consider proposals to:  1)  issue shares of Norwest common
stock,  pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 7, 1998,
and amended and restated as of September 10, 1998 (the "Agreement"), by and
among Wells Fargo & Company, Norwest Corporation and WFC Holdings Corporation;
and 2) adopt amendments to Norwest Corporation's Restated Certificate of
Incorporation to (a) increase the number of authorized shares of common stock
from 2,000,000,000 to 4,000,000,000, (b) increase the number of authorized
shares of preferred stock, no par value, from 5,000,000 to 20,000,000 and (c)
change the name of Norwest Corporation to "Wells Fargo & Company." The proposals
were adopted by the following vote:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               Issuance Of Shares               Adopt Amendments
               ------------------               ----------------
               <S>         <C>                  <C>         <C>
               For         548,748,383          For         540,906,762
               Against      15,774,330          Against      24,041,280
               Abstain       2,314,094          Abstain       1,888,765

</TABLE>
     A special meeting of stockholders of the former Wells Fargo was
held on October 20, 1998, to consider adoption of the Agreement. The Agreement
was adopted by the following vote:

<TABLE>
                    <S>                          <C>
                    For                          57,428,537
                    Against                         500,572
                    Abstain                         266,623

</TABLE>



                                          25
<PAGE>

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                      YEARS WITH
          NAME AND                                                                    COMPANY OR
  COMPANY POSITION                  POSITIONS PRIOR TO MERGER                 AGE   PREDECESSORS
  ----------------                  -------------------------                 ---   ------------
<S>                  <C>                                                      <C>   <C>
John A. Berg         Former Norwest:  Senior Vice President and Regional       53        23
Group Executive      Group Head (March 1998 to November 1998); Regional
Vice President       President (Greater Minnesota/ La Crosse Region)
(Central Banking)    (January 1990 to March 1998)

Leslie S. Biller     Former Norwest:  President and Chief Operating Officer    51        11
Vice Chairman and    (January 1997 to November 1998); Executive Vice
Chief Operating      President (South Central Community Banking) (July 1990
Officer              to January 1997)

Patricia R. Callahan Former Wells Fargo:  Executive Vice President             45        21
Executive Vice       (Wholesale Banking) (July 1997
President (Human     to November 1998); Executive Vice President
Resources)           (Personnel) (March 1993 to July 1997)

James R. Campbell    Former Norwest:  Executive Vice President (North          56        34
Group Executive      Central Banking) (August 1997 to November 1998);
Vice President       Executive Vice President (Commercial Banking Services,
(Minnesota Banking)  Specialized Lending and Nebraska) (January 1996 to
                     August 1997); Executive Vice President (Twin Cities
                     Banking) (February 1993 to January 1996); Executive
                     Vice President (Corporate Banking) (April 1988 to 
                     February 1993); also at various times he served as 
                     Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of 
                     Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. (January 1984 to Present)

Teresa A. Dial       Former Wells Fargo:  Vice Chair (Consumer and Business    49        26
Group Executive      Banking) (March 1996 to November 1998); Group
Vice President       Executive Vice President (Business Banking) (September
(California,         1991 to March 1996)
Business Banking,
Phone Banking and
Distribution
Strategies)

Paul Hazen           Former Wells Fargo:  Chairman of the Board, President     57        28
Chairman of the      and Chief Executive Officer (January 1995 to November
Board                1998); President and Chief Operating Officer (July
                     1984 to January 1995)

                                       
                                      26
<PAGE>

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT (continued)




                                                                     YEARS WITH
        NAME AND                                                     COMPANY OR
COMPANY POSITION           POSITIONS PRIOR TO MERGER          AGE  PREDECESSORS
- ----------------           -------------------------          ---  ------------
David A. Hoyt     Former Wells Fargo:  Vice Chairman (Real      43       17
Group Executive   Estate Administration/ Capital Markets/
Vice President    International) (May 1997 to November 1998);
(Wholesale        Executive Vice President (Capital Markets/
Banking)          Problem Loans) (September 1994 to May
                  1997); Executive Vice President (Workout
                  Group/ New Business Administration)
                  (November 1992 to September 1994)

Rodney L. Jacobs  Former Wells Fargo:  President                58       20
Vice Chairman and (May 1998 to November 1998); Vice Chairman
Chief Financial   and Chief Financial Officer (February 1991
Officer           to May 1998)


Richard M.        Former Norwest:  Chairman and Chief           55       13
Kovacevich        Executive Officer (January 1997 to November
President and     1998); Chairman, President and Chief
Chief Executive   Executive Officer (May 1995 to January
Officer           1997); President and Chief Executive Officer
                  (January 1993 to May 1995)

Ely L. Licht      Former Wells Fargo:  Executive Vice           51       15
Executive Vice    President (Credit Administration) (February
President & Chief 1990 to  November 1998)
Credit Officer

Kenneth R. Murray Former Norwest:  Group Executive Vice         60       16
Group Executive   President (Southwestern Banking) and 
Vice President    Head of Credit Policy (August
(Diversified      1997 to November 1998); Executive Vice
Financial)        President (Southwestern Community Banking)
                  (July 1990 to August 1997)

John C. Nelson    Former Norwest:  Chairman and Chief           54       32
Group Executive   Executive Officer of Norwest Bank Colorado, 
Vice President    N.A. (January 1995 to November 1998); 
(Western Banking) Chairman, President and Chief Executive 
                  Officer of Norwest Colorado, Inc. (February 
                  1992 to January 1995); President and Chief 
                  Operating Officer of Norwest Colorado, Inc. 
                  (October 1991 to February 1992); President 
                  of Norwest Colorado, Inc. (July 1991 to 
                  October 1991); Chairman of the Board and 
                  Chief Executive Officer of Norwest Bank 
                  Iowa, N.A. (January 1988 to July 1991)


                                          27
<PAGE>

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT (continued)


                                                                     YEARS WITH
        NAME AND                                                     COMPANY OR
COMPANY POSITION           POSITIONS PRIOR TO MERGER          AGE  PREDECESSORS
- ----------------           -------------------------          ---  ------------

Mark C. Oman      Former Norwest:  Executive  Vice             44        19
Group Executive   President (Mortgage Services and Iowa 
Vice President    Community Banking (February 1997 to 
(Mortgage and     November 1998); President and Chief 
Home Equity)      Executive Officer of Norwest Mortgage, Inc.
                  (August 1989 to February 1997); also Chairman
                  and Chief Executive Officer of Norwest 
                  Mortgage, Inc. (February 1997 to Present)

Clyde W. Ostler   Former Wells Fargo:  Vice Chairman           52        28
Group Executive   (Business and Investment) (May 1993 to
Vice President    November 1998)
(Investments)

Les L. Quock      Former Wells Fargo:  Senior Vice President   45        19
Senior Vice       (Payment Systems Services Group) (February
President and     1997 to November 1998); Senior Vice
Controller        President (BBG Systems) (October 1996 to
                  February 1997); Senior Vice President
                  (Business Loan Admin & Finance) (November
                  1995 to October 1996); Senior Vice
                  President (Business Loan Administration)
                  (January 1994 to November 1995)

Stanley S. Stroup Former  Norwest:   Executive Vice President  55        15
Executive  Vice   and  General  Counsel  (February  1993  to
President and     November 1998)
General Counsel

John G. Stumpf    Former  Norwest:    Regional  President  of  45        17
Group Executive   Norwest  Bank Texas  (July 1994 to November
Vice President    1998); Regional President of Norwest Bank
(Southwestern     Colorado, N.A. (April 1991 to July 1994)
Banking)

</TABLE>

     There is no family relationship among the above officers.  All executive
officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.
                                          28
<PAGE>

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K


(a)  Financial Statements, Schedules and Exhibits:

     (1)  The consolidated financial statements and related notes and the
          independent auditors' report thereon that appear on pages 51 through
          96 of the 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders are incorporated herein
          by reference.

     (2)  Financial Statement Schedules:

          All schedules are omitted, because they are either not applicable or
          the required information is shown in the consolidated financial
          statements or the notes thereto.

     (3)  Exhibits: 

          
          The Company's SEC file number is  001-2979.  On or before November 2,
          1998, the Company filed documents with the SEC under the name Norwest
          Corporation.  The former Wells Fargo filed documents under SEC file
          number 001-6214.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Exhibit
          number         Description
          ------         -----------
          <S>        <C>
             3(a)    Restated Certificate of Incorporation, incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 3(b) to the Company's Current Report
                     on Form 8-K dated June 28, 1993.  Certificates of
                     Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation, incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 3 to the Company's Current Report on
                     Form 8-K dated July 3, 1995 (authorizing preference
                     stock), and Exhibits 3(b) and 3(c) to the Company's
                     Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
                     September 30, 1998 (changing the Company's name and
                     increasing authorized common and preferred stock,
                     respectively) 

              (b)    Certificate of Designations for the Company's ESOP
                     Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company's Quarterly Report
                     on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1994

              (c)    Certificate of Designations for the Company's Cumulative
                     Tracking Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to
                     Exhibit 3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
                     dated January 9, 1995

              (d)    Certificate of Designations for the Company's 1995 ESOP
                     Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company's Quarterly Report
                     on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1995

              (e)    Certificate Eliminating the Certificate of Designations
                     for the Company's Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock,
                     Series B, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the
                     Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 1,
                     1995

                                      29
<PAGE>
             3(f)    Certificate Eliminating the Certificate of Designations
                     for the Company's 10.24% Cumulative Preferred Stock,
                     incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 to the Company's
                     Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 20, 1996

              (g)    Certificate of Designations for the Company's 1996 ESOP
                     Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 3 to the Company's Current Report on
                     Form 8-K dated February 26, 1996

              (h)    Certificate of Designations for the Company's 1997 ESOP
                     Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 3 to the Company's Current Report on
                     Form 8-K dated April 14, 1997

              (i)    Certificate of Designations for the Company's 1998 ESOP
                     Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 3 to the Company's Current Report on
                     Form 8-K dated April 20, 1998

              (j)    Certificate of Designations for the Company's Adjustable
                     Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 3(j) to the Company's Quarterly
                     Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30,
                     1998

              (k)    Certificate of Designations for the Company's
                     Fixed/Adjustable Rate Noncumulative Preferred Stock,
                     Series H, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(k) to the
                     Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
                     ended September 30, 1998

              (l)    Certificate of Designations for the Company's Series C
                     Junior Participating Preferred Stock

              (m)    By-Laws, as amended effective February 23, 1999

             4(a)    See Exhibits 3(a) through 3(m)

              (b)    Rights Agreement, dated as of October 21, 1998, between
                     the Company and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.,
                     as Rights Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1
                     to the Company's Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated
                     October 21, 1998

              (c)    The Company agrees to furnish upon request to the
                     Commission a copy of each instrument defining the rights
                     of holders of senior and subordinated debt of the Company.

           10*(a)    Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan as amended effective
                     February 23, 1999 (including Forms of Non-Qualified Stock
                     Option and Restricted Stock Agreements for grants
                     subsequent to November 2, 1998).  Forms of Non-Qualified
                     Stock Option and Restricted Stock Agreements for grants
                     prior to November 2, 1998, incorporated by reference to
                     Exhibit 10(a) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                     for the year ended December 31, 1997 

                                      30
<PAGE>

          10*(b)     Long-Term Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to
                     Exhibit A to the former Wells Fargo's Proxy Statement
                     filed March 14, 1994

            *(c)     Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 19(a) to the Company's Quarterly
                     Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1988.
                     Amendment to Executive Incentive Compensation Plan,
                     incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19(b) to the
                     Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
                     ended June 30, 1989
          
            *(d)     Performance-Based Compensation Policy, incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the Company's Quarterly
                     Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998

            *(e)     Executive Incentive Pay Plan, incorporated by reference to
                     Exhibit 10(h) to the former Wells Fargo's Annual Report on
                     Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995

            *(f)     Senior Executive Performance Plan, incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit B to the former Wells Fargo's Proxy
                     Statement filed March 14, 1994

            *(g)     1990 Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to
                     Exhibit 10(f) to the former Wells Fargo's Annual Report on
                     Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995

               
            *(h)     1982 Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to
                     Exhibit 10(g) to the former Wells Fargo's Annual Report on
                     Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993

            *(i)     Employees' Stock Deferral Plan, incorporated by reference
                     to Exhibit 10(c) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form
                     10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998 

            *(j)     Employees' Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 10(c) to the Company's Annual Report
                     on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997

            *(k)     Elective Deferred Compensation Plan for Mortgage Banking
                     Executives, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to
                     the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
                     quarter ended September 30, 1997

            *(l)     Performance Deferral Award Plan for Mortgage Banking
                     Executives, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to
                     the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
                     quarter ended March 31, 1997

            *(m)     Directors Formula Stock Award Plan, as amended effective
                     January 1, 1999

            *(n)     1999 Directors Stock Option Plan

                                      31
<PAGE>

        10*(o)       1990 Director Option Plan for directors of the former
                     Wells Fargo, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to
                     the former Wells Fargo's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                     the year ended December 31, 1997

          *(p)       1987 Director Option Plan for directors of the former
                     Wells Fargo, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the
                     former Wells Fargo's Proxy Statement filed March 10, 1995,
                     and as further amended by the amendment adopted September
                     16, 1997, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the
                     former Wells Fargo's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
                     quarter ended September 30, 1997       

          *(q)       1991 Director Option Plan for directors of the former
                     First Interstate Bancorp, incorporated by reference to
                     First Interstate Bancorp's Registration Statement on Form
                     S-8 (SEC File No. 033-37299) and to the former Wells
                     Fargo's Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8 filed
                     on April 2, 1996 (SEC File No. 033-64575)

          *(r)       Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors of
                     the former Norwest, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                     10(i) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                     year ended December 31, 1995
          
          *(s)       Directors' Stock Deferral Plan for directors of the former
                     Norwest, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the
                     Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
                     ended September 30, 1998

          *(t)       Deferral Plan for Directors of the former Wells Fargo,
                     incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) to the former
                     Wells Fargo's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
                     ended December 31, 1997

          *(u)       1999 Deferral Plan for Directors

          *(v)       Supplemental Savings Investment Plan, incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the Company's Annual Report
                     on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997

          *(w)       Supplemental Pension Plan, incorporated by reference to
                     Exhibit 10(i) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
                     for the year ended December 31, 1997

          *(x)       Supplemental Long Term Disability Plan, incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 10(f) to the Company's Annual Report
                     on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1990.
                     Amendment to Supplemental Long Term Disability Plan,
                     incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to the
                     Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
                     December 31, 1992

          *(y)       Executive Financial Counseling Plan, incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 10(f) to the Company's Annual Report
                     on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1987

                                      32
<PAGE>


         10*(z)      Benefits Restoration Program, incorporated by reference to
                     Exhibit 10(a) to the former Wells Fargo's Annual Report on
                     Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995

           (aa)      Executive Loan Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                     10(i) to the former Wells Fargo's Annual Report on Form
                     10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994

          *(bb)      Agreement between the Company and Richard M. Kovacevich
                     dated March 18, 1991, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                     19(e) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
                     the quarter ended March 31, 1991. Amendment effective
                     January 1, 1995, to the March 18, 1991 agreement between
                     the Company and Richard M. Kovacevich, incorporated by
                     reference to Exhibit 10(c) to the Company's Quarterly
                     Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1995

          *(cc)      Employment Agreement, dated as of June 7, 1998, between
                     the Company and Paul Hazen, incorporated by reference to
                     Exhibit 10.01 to the Company's Registration Statement No.
                     333-63247 on Form S-4 filed September 11, 1998.  Forms of
                     Stock Option and Restricted Stock Agreements pursuant to
                     Employment Agreement.

          *(dd)      Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1999, between
                     the Company and Rodney L. Jacobs

          *(ee)      Form of severance agreement between the Company and 
                     seven executive officers, including two directors, and 
                     agreement between the Company and an executive officer. 
                     Amendment effective January 1, 1995, to the March 11, 
                     1991 agreement between the Company and Richard M. 
                     Kovacevich, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b) 
                     to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
                     quarter ended March 31, 1995

          *(ff)      Change of Control Severance Plan of the former Wells 
                     Fargo, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to the 
                     former Wells Fargo's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
                     the quarter ended September 30, 1998

          *(gg)      Consulting Agreement dated January 25, 1999, between the
                     Company and Chang-Lin Tien 

          *(hh)      Retirement Plan for Non-Employee Directors of the former
                     Norwest, as amended effective November 2, 1998

          *(ii)      Directors' Retirement Plan for directors of the former
                     Wells Fargo, as amended effective November 2, 1998

- -------------------------
* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Stockholders may obtain a copy of any Exhibit, in Item 14(a)(3), upon payment of
a reasonable fee, by writing Wells Fargo & Company, Office of the Secretary,
Norwest Center, Sixth and Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55479-1026.

                                      33
<PAGE>

          12(a)      Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges -- the
                     ratios of earnings to fixed charges, including interest on
                     deposits, were 1.63, 1.81, 1.78, 1.80 and 1.92 for the
                     years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1994,
                     respectively.  The ratios of earnings to fixed charges,
                     excluding interest on deposits, were 2.56, 3.10, 2.98,
                     2.73 and 3.32 for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997,
                     1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

          12(b)      Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and
                     Preferred Dividends -- the ratios of earnings to fixed
                     charges and preferred dividends, including interest on
                     deposits, were 1.61, 1.79, 1.73, 1.74 and 1.85 for the
                     years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1994,
                     respectively. The ratios of earnings to fixed charges and
                     preferred dividends, excluding interest on deposits, were
                     2.49, 2.99, 2.77, 2.55 and 3.02 for the years ended
                     December 31, 1998, 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1994,
                     respectively.

          13         1998 Annual Report to Stockholders, pages 34 through 96

          21         Subsidiaries of the Company

          23         Consent of Independent Accountants

          24         Powers of Attorney

          27         Financial Data Schedule

</TABLE>

(b)  The former Wells Fargo, the former Norwest and the Company filed, on the
     dates indicated during the fourth quarter of 1998 and through the date
     hereof in 1999, the following reports on Form 8-K:

     FORMER WELLS FARGO (Commission File No. 001-6214)
     (1)  October 15, 1998 under Item 5, containing the Underwriting Agreement
          between the former Wells Fargo and Goldman, Sachs & Co. dated October
          12, 1998, in connection with the sale of 2.5 million shares of the
          former Wells Fargo common stock
     (2)  October 20, 1998 under Item 5, containing the press release that
          announced the former Wells Fargo financial results for the quarter and
          nine months ended September 30, 1998
     (3)  November 17, 1998 (filed by WFC Holdings Corporation) under Items 2
          and 7, describing the consummation of the merger by and among former
          Wells Fargo & Company, Norwest Corporation and WFC Holdings
          Corporation pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of
          June 7, 1998 and amended and restated as of September 10, 1998, and
          containing the press release dated November 2, 1998 issued by Norwest
          Corporation announcing the completion of the merger and unaudited pro
          forma condensed combined financial information as of  September 30,
          1998

                                      34
<PAGE>

     FORMER NORWEST (Commission File No. 001-2979)
     (4)  October 21, 1998 under Item 5, containing the new preferred share
          purchased rights plan pursuant to the Rights Agreement between the
          former Norwest and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., dated
          October 21, 1998, to replace the preferred share purchased rights plan
          expiring on November 23, 1998
     (5)  October 22, 1998 under Item 5, reporting consolidated operating
          results of the former Norwest for the quarter and nine months ended
          September 30, 1998 

     WELLS FARGO & COMPANY (Commission File No. 001-2979)
     (6)  November 16, 1998 under Items 2 and 7, describing the consummation of
          the merger by and among former Wells Fargo & Company, Norwest
          Corporation and WFC Holdings Corporation pursuant to an Agreement and
          Plan of Merger dated as of June 7, 1998 and amended and restated as of
          September 10, 1998, and containing the press release dated November 2,
          1998 issued by Norwest Corporation announcing the completion of the
          merger and unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial
          information as of September 30, 1998
     (7)  January 19, 1999 under Item 5, containing the Supplemental Annual
          Report for 1997; Supplemental Quarterly Report for the quarter ended
          September 30, 1998; and the Company's financial results for the
          quarter and year ended December 31, 1998
     (8)  January 29, 1999 under Item 5, describing the Company's most recent
          Board action taken with respect to the Company's systematic stock
          repurchase program

                             STATUS OF PRIOR DOCUMENTS
     
The Wells Fargo & Company Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1998, at the time of filing with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, shall modify and supersede all documents filed prior to January 1,
1999 pursuant to Sections 13, 14 and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 (other than the Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 13, 1997) for
purposes of any offers or sales of any securities after the date of such filing
pursuant to any Registration Statement or Prospectus filed pursuant to the
Securities Act of 1933 which incorporates by reference such Annual Report on
Form 10-K. 

                                      35
<PAGE>

                           SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 15, 1999.

                              WELLS FARGO & COMPANY

                              BY:  /s/ RICHARD M. KOVACEVICH
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Richard M. Kovacevich
                                   President and Chief Executive Officer

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities indicated.

                              By:  /s/ RODNEY L. JACOBS
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Rodney L. Jacobs
                                   Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer
                                   (Principal Financial Officer)

                              By:  /s/ LES L. QUOCK
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Les L. Quock
                                   Senior Vice President and Controller
                                   (Principal Accounting Officer)

          The Directors of Wells Fargo & Company listed below have duly executed
powers of attorney empowering Philip J. Quigley to sign this document on their
behalf.


      Leslie S. Biller          Richard D. McCormick
      J. A. Blanchard III       Cynthia H. Milligan
      Michael R. Bowlin         Benjamin F. Montoya
      Edward M. Carson          Donald B. Rice
      David A. Christensen      Ian M. Rolland
      William S. Davila         Judith M. Runstad
      Susan E. Engel            Susan G. Swenson
      Paul Hazen                Daniel M. Tellep
      Rodney L. Jacobs          Chang-Lin Tien
      Reatha Clark King         Michael W. Wright
      Richard M. Kovacevich     John A. Young

                              By:  /s/ PHILIP J. QUIGLEY
                                   ---------------------------------------
                                   Philip J. Quigley
                                   Director and Attorney-in-fact
                                   March 15, 1999


                                36
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-3.(L)
<SEQUENCE>2
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 3(L)
<TEXT>

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 3 (l)
                                          
                               WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
            
                     ------------------------------------------
                                          
                            CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS
                          Pursuant to Section 151 of the 
                          Delaware General Corporation Law
                                          
                    ------------------------------------------
                                          
                   SERIES C JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK

                    ------------------------------------------             

     Wells Fargo & Company, a corporation organized and existing under the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter called the
"Corporation"), hereby certifies that the following resolution was adopted by
the Board of Directors of the Corporation as required by Section 151 of the
General Corporation Law at a meeting duly called and held on September 22, 1998:

     RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority granted to and vested in the Board
of Directors of the Corporation (hereinafter called the "Board of Directors" or
the "Board") in accordance with the provisions of the Restated Certificate of
Incorporation, as amended, the Board of Directors hereby creates a series of
Preferred Stock, without par value, of the Corporation (the "Preferred Stock"),
and hereby states the designation and number of shares, and fixes the relative
rights, preferences, and limitations thereof as follows:

          Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock:

          Section 1.     DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT.  The shares of such series
shall be designated as "Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock" (the
"Series C Preferred Stock") and the number of shares constituting the Series C
Preferred Stock shall be 4,000,000.  Such number of shares may be increased or
decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; PROVIDED, that no decrease
shall reduce the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock to a number less
than the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of shares reserved
for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants or
upon the conversion of any outstanding securities issued by the Corporation
convertible into Series C Preferred Stock.

          Section 2.     DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.

          (A)  Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any series
     of Preferred Stock (or any similar stock) ranking prior and superior to the
     Series C Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares
     of Series C Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock,
     par value $1-2/3 per share (the "Common Stock"), of the Corporation, and of
     any other junior stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if
     declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the
     purpose, quarterly dividends

<PAGE>

     payable in cash on the first day of March, June, September and December 
     in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a "Quarterly 
     Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend 
     Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a
     share of Series C Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the
     nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $10 or (b) subject to the
     provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 1000 times the aggregate
     per share amount of all cash dividends, and 1000 times the aggregate per
     share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other
     distributions, other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a
     subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification
     or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding
     Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or, with respect to the first Quarterly
     Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of
     a share of Series C Preferred Stock.  In the event the Corporation shall at
     any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares
     of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of
     the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise
     than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or
     lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each  such case the amount
     to which holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock were entitled
     immediately prior to such event under clause (b) of the preceding sentence
     shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator
     of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately
     after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of
     Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

          (B)  The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the
     Series C Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) of this Section
     immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common
     Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided
     that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on
     the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment
     Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of
     $1 per share on the Series C Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable
     on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

          (C)  Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding
     shares of Series C Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date
     next preceding the date of issue of such shares, unless the date of issue
     of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend
     Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue
     from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a
     Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the
     determination of holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock entitled to
     receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment
     Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be
     cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.  Accrued but unpaid
     dividends shall not bear interest.  Dividends paid on the 

                                         -2-
<PAGE>

     shares of Series C Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount
     of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be
     allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the
     time outstanding.  The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the
     determination of holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock entitled to
     receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which
     record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the
     payment thereof.

          Section 3.     VOTING RIGHTS.  The holders of shares of Series C
Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

          (A)  Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth,
     each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to
     1000 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the
     Corporation.  In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay
     any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or
     effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding
     shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of
     a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of
     shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the number of votes per
     share to which holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock were entitled
     immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such
     number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of
     Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator
     of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding
     immediately prior to such event.

          (B)  Except as otherwise provided herein, in any other Certificate of
     Designations creating a series of Preferred Stock or any similar stock, or
     by law, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock and the holders
     of shares of Common Stock and any other capital stock of the Corporation
     having general voting rights shall vote together as one class on all
     matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

          (C)  Except as set forth herein, or as otherwise provided by law,
     holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and
     their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled
     to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any
     corporate action.

          Section 4.     CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS.

          (A)  Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions
     payable on the Series C  Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in
     arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and
     distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series C Preferred
     Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:

                                         -3-
<PAGE>

               (i)    declare or pay dividends, or make any other
          distributions, on any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to
          dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the
          Series C Preferred Stock;

               (ii)   declare or pay dividends, or make any other
          distributions, on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as
          to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the
          Series C Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series
          C Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are
          payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the
          holders of all such shares are then entitled;

               (iii)  redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration
          shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
          liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series C Preferred
          Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase
          or otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in exchange for
          shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to
          dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the
          Series C Preferred Stock; or

               (iv)   redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration
          any shares of Series C Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking
          on a parity with the Series C Preferred Stock, except in accordance
          with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined
          by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such
          terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective
          annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the
          respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will
          result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or
          classes.

          (B)  The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the
     Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares
     of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph
     (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such
     time and in such manner.

          Section 5.  REACQUIRED SHARES.  Any shares of Series C Preferred
Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner
whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition
thereof.  All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but
unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series
of Preferred Stock subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set
forth herein, in the Certificate of Incorporation, or in any other Certificate
of Designations creating a series of Preferred Stock or any similar stock or as
otherwise required by law.

          Section 6.  LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP.  Upon any
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, no distribution shall
be made (1) to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to
dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series C
Preferred Stock unless, prior 

                                         -4-
<PAGE>

thereto, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall have received
$1000 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and
distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment,
provided that the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be
entitled to receive an aggregate amount per share, subject to the provision for
adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 1000 times the aggregate amount to be
distributed per share to holders of shares of Common Stock, or (2) to the
holders of shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series C Preferred Stock,
except distributions made ratably on the Series C Preferred Stock and all such
parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such
shares are entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.  In the
event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the
Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or
combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by
reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common
Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each
such case the aggregate amount to which holders of shares of Series C  Preferred
Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under the proviso in clause
(1) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a
fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the
number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such
event.

          Section 7.  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC.  In case the Corporation
shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in
which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock
or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case each share
of Series C Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or
changed into an amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment
hereinafter set forth, equal to 1000 times the aggregate amount of stock,
securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may
be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged. 
In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on
the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or
combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by
reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common
Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each
such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the
exchange or change of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by
multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the
denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were
outstanding immediately prior to such event.

          Section 8.  NO REDEMPTION.  The shares of Series C Preferred Stock
shall not be redeemable.

          Section 9.  RANK.  The Series C Preferred Stock shall rank, with
respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, junior to
all series of any other class of the Corporation's Preferred Stock.

                                         -5-
<PAGE>

          Section 10. AMENDMENT.  The Certificate of Incorporation of the
Corporation shall not be amended in any manner which would materially alter or
change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series C Preferred Stock
so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote  of the holders of
at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock,
voting together as a single class.

     
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Designations is executed on 
behalf of the Corporation by its Executive Vice President and attested by its 
Secretary this 18th day of November, 1998.

                                   By:  /s/ Stanley S. Stroup    
                                      --------------------------
                                   Stanley S. Stroup
                                   Executive Vice President


Attest:

/s/ Laurel A. Holschuh   
- ------------------------------
Laurel A. Holschuh
Secretary


[Filed in the Office of the Delaware Secretary of State on November 18, 1998]

                                         -6-

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-3.(M)
<SEQUENCE>3
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 3(M)
<TEXT>

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 3(m)




                               WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
                                      By-Laws
                       (As amended through February 23, 1999)


                                      OFFICES

     1.   The principal office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New
Castle, State of Delaware, and the name of the resident agent in charge thereof
is The Corporation Trust Company.  

          The Corporation may also have an office in the City of San Francisco,
State of California, and also offices at such other places as the Board of
Directors may from time to time appoint or the business of the Corporation may
require.  


                                        SEAL

     2.   The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the
Corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal,
Delaware."  Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be
impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.  


                               STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS

     3.   PLACE.  All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the office of
the Corporation in San Francisco, California, or at such other place within or
without the State of Delaware as shall from time to time be designated by the
Board of Directors.  


     4.   ANNUAL MEETING.  An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on
the fourth Tuesday of April in each year, or such other date as shall be
designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice
of the meeting, if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next
day following, at such time as shall be designated by the Board of Directors,
when the stockholders shall elect, by a plurality vote except as otherwise
provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, by
ballot, a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly
be brought before this meeting.


     5.   QUORUM.  The holders of a majority of the stock issued and
outstanding, and entitled to vote thereat, present in person, or represented by
proxy, shall be requisite and shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the
stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by
law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws.  If, however, such
majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders,
the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall
have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than
announcement at the meeting, until the requisite amount of voting stock shall be
present.  At such adjourned meeting at which the requisite amount of voting
stock shall be 

<PAGE>

represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at
the meeting as originally convened.  


     6.   VOTING PROXIES.  At each meeting of the stockholders every stockholder
having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy
appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and bearing
a date not more than one year prior to said meeting, unless said instrument
provides for a longer period.  Each stockholder shall have one vote for each
share of stock having voting power registered in his name on the books of the
Corporation, provided that, except where the transfer books of the Corporation
shall have been closed or a date shall have been fixed as a record date for the
determination of stockholders entitled to vote, no share of stock shall be voted
at any election of directors which has been transferred on the books of the
Corporation within twenty days next preceding such election.  The vote for
directors, and, upon the demand of any stockholder, the vote upon any question
before the meeting shall be by ballot.  All elections shall be had and all
questions decided by a plurality vote, except such as may, under the provisions
of law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, require the vote of
a larger number of shares.  


     7.   NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING.  Written notice of the annual meeting shall
be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as
appears on the stock records of the Corporation, at least ten days prior to the
meeting.  


     8.   STOCKHOLDERS' LIST.  A complete list of the stockholders entitled to
vote at the ensuing election, arranged in alphabetical order, shall be prepared
by the Secretary and shall, during the usual hours of business, be open to the
examination of any stockholder at the place where said election is to be held
for ten days before such election and shall be produced and kept at the time and
place of election during the whole time thereof, and subject to the inspection
of any stockholder who may be present.  


     9.   NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS AT ANNUAL MEETING.  The proposal of
business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting
of stockholders (a) pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting, (b) by or
at the direction of the Board of Directors or (c) by any stockholder of the
Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice
provided for in this By-Law, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who
complies with the notice procedures set forth in this By-Law.  For business to
be properly brought before an annual meeting pursuant to the foregoing sentence,
the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the
Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter
for stockholder action.  To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered
to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later
than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of
business on the 120th day, prior to the first anniversary of the preceding
year's annual meeting; provided, however, that, in the event that the date of
the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such
anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered
not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual
meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day
prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public
announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation.  In
no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting 

                                          2
<PAGE>

commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described
above.  Such stockholder's notice shall set forth a brief description of the
business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting
such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such
stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is
made, and, as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if
any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, the name and address of such
stockholder as they appear on the Corporation's books and of such beneficial
owner, and the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned
beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner. 
Notwithstanding anything in these By-Laws to the contrary, no business shall be
conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set
forth in this Section 9.  The Chairman of an annual meeting shall, if the facts
warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly
brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section
9, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and any
such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.


     10.  SPECIAL MEETINGS - CALL.  Special meetings of the stockholders, for
any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called
by the Chairman or a Vice Chairman or the President or a majority of the Board
of Directors.


     11.  SPECIAL MEETING - BUSINESS.  Business transacted at all special
meetings shall be confined to the objects stated in the call.  


     12.  SPECIAL MEETINGS - NOTICE.  Written notice of a special meeting of
stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof, shall be mailed,
postage prepaid, at least ten days before such meeting, to each stockholder
entitled to vote thereat at his last known address as shown by the books of the
Corporation.  


     13.  ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS.  (a)  Any action which is
required to be or may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders
of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and
without a vote, if consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall
have been signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the
minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or to take such
action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present
and voted; provided, however, that prompt notice of the taking of the corporate
action without a meeting and by less than unanimous written consent shall be
given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

     (b)  The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express
consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be fixed by the
Board of Directors.  Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders
authorize or take corporate action by written consent without a meeting shall,
by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a
record date.  Upon receipt of such a request, the Secretary shall place such
request before the Board of Directors at its next regularly scheduled meeting,
provided, however, that if the stockholder represents in such request that he
intends, and is prepared, to commence a consent solicitation as soon as is
permitted by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the
regulations thereunder and other applicable law, the Secretary shall as promptly
as practicable call a special meeting of the Board of Directors, 

                                          3
<PAGE>

which meeting shall be held as promptly as practicable.  At such regular or
special meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a record date as provided in
Section 40 of these By-Laws and Section 213(a) (or its successor provision) of
the Delaware General Corporation Law.  Should the Board of Directors fail to fix
a record date as provided for in this Section 13, then the record date shall be
the day on which the first written consent is expressed.

     (c)  In the event of the delivery to the Corporation of written consents
purporting to represent the requisite voting power to authorize or take
corporate action and/or related revocations, the Secretary of the Corporation
shall provide for the safekeeping of such consents and revocations and shall, as
promptly as practicable, engage nationally recognized independent inspectors of
election for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of the
validity of the consents and revocations.  No action by written consent and
without a meeting shall be effective until such inspectors have completed their
review, determined that the requisite number of valid and unrevoked consents has
been obtained to authorize or take the action specified in the consents, and
certified such determination for entry in the records of the Corporation kept
for the purpose of recording the proceedings of meetings of stockholders.

                                     DIRECTORS

     14.  NUMBER.  The property and business of the Corporation shall be managed
by its Board of not less than ten nor more than twenty-eight directors, with the
number to be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board.  Directors
shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise
provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, and each
director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and
shall qualify.


     15.  NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINEES.  Only persons who are nominated in
accordance with the procedures set forth in these By-Laws shall be eligible for
election as directors.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of
Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders (a) by or
at the direction of the Board of Directors or (b) by any stockholder of the
Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at the meeting who
complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 15.  Such
nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary
of the Corporation.  To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered to
or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not
less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the meeting; provided, however,
that in the event that less than 40 days' notice or prior public disclosure of
the date of the meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the
stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of
business on the tenth day following the day on which such notice of the date of
the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made.  Such stockholder's
notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to
nominate for election or re-election as a director, all information relating to
such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for
election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to
Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including
such person's written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee
and to serving as a director if elected); and (b) as to the stockholder giving
the notice (i) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation's books,
of such stockholder and (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation
which are beneficially owned by such stockholder.  At the request of the Board
of Directors any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a
director shall furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation that information
required to be set forth in a stockholder's notice of 

                                          4
<PAGE>

nomination which pertains to the nominee.  No person shall be eligible for
election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with
the procedures set forth in the By-Laws.  The Chairman of the meeting shall, if
the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was
not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these By-Laws, and if
he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective
nomination shall be disregarded.


     16.  VACANCIES.  If the office of any director or directors becomes vacant
by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from
office, or otherwise, a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a
quorum, except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation
or by these By-Laws, shall choose a successor until a successor or successors
have been duly elected, unless sooner displaced.  


     17.  PLACE OF MEETINGS.  The directors may hold their meetings and have one
or more offices, and keep the books of the Corporation, except the original or
duplicate stock ledger, outside of Delaware, at the office of the Corporation in
the City of Minneapolis, Minnesota, or at such other places as they may from
time to time determine.  


     18.  POWERS.  In addition to the powers and authorities by these By-Laws
expressly conferred upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the
Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by
the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be
exercised or done by the stockholders.  


                                     COMMITTEES

     19.  PURPOSES - POWERS.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution or
resolutions, passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more
committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the
Corporation, which to the extent provided in said resolution or resolutions or
in these By-Laws, shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of
Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and
may have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all
papers which may require it.  Such committee or committees shall have such name
or names as may be stated in these By-Laws or as may be determined from time to
time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.  


     20.  MINUTES.  The committees may keep regular minutes of their proceedings
and shall report to the Board when required.  


                                    COMPENSATION

     21.  DIRECTORS.  By resolution of the Board, directors may receive a fixed
fee for their services, and a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, may
be allowed for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board;
provided, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any
director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving
compensation therefor.  


                                          5
<PAGE>

     22.  COMMITTEE MEMBERS.  Members of special or standing committees may be
allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.  


                               MEETINGS OF THE BOARD

     23.  ANNUAL MEETING.  Immediately following the annual meeting of
stockholders and at the place of such meeting the newly elected Board shall meet
for the purpose of organization, the election of officers and the transaction of
other business, and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly
elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided that a
majority of the whole Board shall be present.  In lieu of meeting at such time
and place, the newly elected Board may meet at such time and place as may be
fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors or by call issued by the
Chairman or a Vice Chairman or the President.  


     24.  REGULAR MEETINGS.  Regular meetings of the Board may be held without
notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the
Board.  


     25.  SPECIAL MEETINGS - CALL.  Special meetings of the Board may be called
by the Chairman or a Vice Chairman or the President on two days' notice to each
director, either personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be
called by the Chairman or a Vice Chairman or the President or the Secretary in
like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors.  


     26.  QUORUM.  At all meetings of the Board of Directors any number of
directors constituting not less than one-third (1/3) of the total number of
members of said Board shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business, provided that where there is less than a
majority of the Board of Directors present at any meeting, no action by those
present, although constituting a quorum, shall be taken except by unanimous
vote.  


                                      OFFICERS

     27.  OFFICERS.  The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman, one or
more Vice Chairmen, President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, a Controller, a Chief
Examiner, a Chief Auditor, and such other officers, and with such duties, as may
be determined by the Board as necessary for the prompt and orderly transaction
of the business of the Corporation.  Any two or more offices may be held by the
same person.  The Chairman and the President shall be members of the Board of
Directors and other officers may be members of the Board of Directors.  The
salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of
Directors.

     In its discretion, the Board of Directors by a majority vote may leave
unfilled any offices specified in the preceding paragraph.

     28.  ELECTION - APPOINTMENT - TERM OF OFFICE - REMOVAL.  All officers
holding the title of Chairman, Vice Chairman, President, Secretary, Treasurer,
Controller, Chief Examiner, Chief Auditor, 

                                          6
<PAGE>

and such other officers as may be designated by the Board of Directors shall be
elected by the Board of Directors.  Any officer elected by the Board of
Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of
the whole Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may authorize officers
elected by the Board to appoint other officers and agents pursuant to procedures
established by resolution of the Board.  All officers shall hold office until
their successors are elected or appointed and qualified, unless theretofore they
shall have resigned, become disqualified or been removed.


     29.  CHAIRMAN AND VICE CHAIRMAN.  The Chairman may, by resolution of the
Board of Directors, be designated Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.
The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all
meetings of the Board.  If the Chairman is not designated Chief Executive
Officer, the Chairman shall assist the Chief Executive Officer in the management
of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors
shall prescribe.  If the Chairman is not designated Chief Executive Officer, the
Chairman shall in the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer
perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer.

          The Vice Chairman or Chairmen shall assist the Chief Executive Officer
in the management of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as the
Board of Directors shall prescribe.  In the absence or disability of the
Chairman, the President or a Vice Chairman shall perform the duties and exercise
the powers of the Chairman.

          If at any time there shall be elected and serving more than one person
in the office of Vice Chairman, then in the absence or disability of the
Chairman, the President or the Vice Chairman as designated in writing by the
Chief Executive Officer shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the
Chairman.  In the absence of such designation by the Chief Executive Officer,
then the duties and powers of the Chairman shall be performed and exercised by
the President or the Vice Chairman with greater seniority of continuous service
in that office or, in the absence of such seniority, seniority of continuous
service to the Corporation and its subsidiaries.


     30.  PRESIDENT.  The President may, by resolution of the Board of
Directors, be designated Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.  If the
President is not designated Chief Executive Officer, the President shall assist
the Chief Executive Officer in the management of the Corporation and shall
perform such other duties as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.


     31.  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.  The Board of Directors shall by resolution
designate either the Chairman or the President as the Chief Executive Officer of
the Corporation.  The Chief Executive Officer shall be charged with the
management of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of
the Board of Directors are carried into effect.  The Chief Executive Officer
shall be charged with the duty of causing to be currently presented to the Board
of Directors full information regarding the conditions and operations of the
Corporation, as well as matters of a policy nature concerning the affairs of the
Corporation and all information requisite to enable the Board in the discharge
of its responsibilities to exercise judgment and take action upon all matters
requiring its consideration.

          Except where by law the signature or action of any other officer is
required, the Chief Executive Officer shall possess the same power as any such
other officer to sign certificates, contracts and other instruments of the
Corporation and to take other action on behalf of the 

                                          7
<PAGE>

Corporation.  The Chief Executive Officer shall have the general powers and
duties of supervision and management usually vested in the chief executive
officer of a corporation.


     32.  VICE PRESIDENTS.  Any Vice President may, in the absence or disability
of the Chairman, all Vice Chairmen and the President, perform the duties and
exercise the powers of the Chairman, all Vice Chairmen and the President, and
shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.


     33.  SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES.  (a)  Except as may be otherwise
expressly provided in these By-Laws, the Secretary shall attend all sessions of
the Board and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the
minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall
perform like duties for the standing or special committees when requested.  He
shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and
of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be
prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, under whose
supervision he shall be.  He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the
Corporation, and, when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument
requiring it and when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the
signature of the Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary or an Assistant Treasurer. 
He shall be sworn to the faithful discharge of his duties.

          (b)  Any Assistant Secretary may, in the absence or disability of the
Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary, and
shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

          (c)  If the Board of Directors shall appoint a Secretary to the Board,
then such Secretary to the Board shall have and perform the duties of the
Secretary and with respect to attendance at and recording of votes and minutes
of all proceedings at sessions of the Board and meetings of the stockholders
and, when requested, meetings of standing and special committees.


     34.  TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS.  (a)  The Treasurer shall have the
custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate
accounts thereof, and shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects, in
the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be
designated by the Board of Directors.

          (b)  He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered
by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to
the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, whenever they may
require it, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial
condition of the Corporation.

          (c)  He shall give the Corporation a bond, if required by the Board of
Directors, in a sum and with one or more sureties satisfactory to the Board, for
the faithful performance of the duties of his office, and for the restoration to
the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from
office, of all money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or
under his control belonging to the Corporation.

                                          8
<PAGE>

          (d)  Any Assistant Treasurer may, in the absence or disability of the
Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer, and
shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.


     35.  CONTROLLER.  The Controller shall supervise all accounting and
bookkeeping of the Corporation, shall make such reports to the Board on the
financial condition of the Corporation as shall be required by the Board, and
shall perform such other duties as the Board shall prescribe.  He shall be
subject to removal only by the Board of Directors.


     36.  CHIEF EXAMINER.  The Chief Examiner shall examine and appraise the
assets of each affiliate of the Corporation, shall make, at least once a year, a
report to the Board summarizing the condition of the assets and capital position
of the Corporation and its affiliates, and shall perform such other duties as
the Board shall prescribe.  He shall be subject to removal only by the Board of
Directors.


     37.  DUTIES OF OFFICERS MAY BE DELEGATED.  In case of the absence of any
officer of the Corporation, or for any other reason that the Board may deem
sufficient, the Board may delegate, for the time being, the powers or duties, or
any of them, of such officer to any other officer or to any director, provided a
majority of the entire Board concurs therein.


                       CERTIFICATED AND UNCERTIFICATED SHARES

     38.  Shares of the Corporation's stock may be certificated or
uncertificated, as provided under Delaware law.  All certificates of stock of
the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the
Corporation as they are issued.  They shall exhibit the holder's name and number
of shares and shall be signed by the Chairman or a Vice Chairman or the
President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or
the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.  Any of or all the signatures on the
certificate may be a facsimile. 


                                 TRANSFERS OF STOCK
                                          
     39.  Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only
by the record holder of such stock, or by attorney lawfully constituted in
writing, and, in the case of stock represented by a certificate, upon surrender
of the certificate.


                             CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS

     40.  The Board of Directors shall have the power to close the stock
transfer books of the Corporation for a period not exceeding fifty days
preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders, or the date for the payment
of any dividend, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any
change or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect, or for a
period not exceeding fifty days in connection with obtaining the consent of
stockholders for any purpose; provided, however, that in lieu of closing the
stock transfer books as aforesaid, the Board 

                                          9
<PAGE>

of Directors may fix in advance a date not exceeding fifty days preceding the
date of any meeting of stockholders, or the date for the payment of any
dividend, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change
or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect, or a date in
connection with obtaining such consent, as a record date for the determination
of the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any such meeting and
any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend, or
to any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect to any
such change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or to give such consent,
and in such case such stockholders, and only such stockholders as shall be
stockholders of record on the date so fixed, shall be entitled to notice of, and
to vote at, such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of
any such dividends or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such
rights, or to give such consent, as the case may be, notwithstanding any
transfer of such stock on the books of the Corporation after any such record
date fixed as aforesaid.


                              REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     41.  The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any
share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not
be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share
on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other
notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of Delaware.


                                 LOST CERTIFICATES

     42.  Any person claiming a certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed
shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact and advertise the same in
such manner as the Board of Directors may require, and the Board of Directors
may, in their discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed
certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such
sum as they may direct to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may
be made against it on account of the alleged loss of any such certificate, or
the issuance of a new certificate; a new certificate of the same tenor and for
the same number of shares as the one alleged to be lost or destroyed may be
issued without requiring any bond or advertisement when, in the judgment of the
directors, it is proper so to do.


                                     CONTRACTS

     43.  Except as may be otherwise expressly provided in these By-Laws, all
contracts or other written instruments made in the Corporation's name shall be
signed by the Chairman or a Vice Chairman or the President or Executive Vice
President or Senior Vice President and attested by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary, or shall be executed by such other person or persons and in such
other manner as shall from time to time be directed by the Board of Directors by
appropriate resolutions.


                          STOCK HELD IN OTHER CORPORATIONS

     44.  VOTING - PROXIES.  All capital stocks in other corporations owned by
this Corporation shall be voted at the regular and/or special meeting of the
stockholders of said other corporations by 

                                          10
<PAGE>

proxy by an attorney specifically named in a proxy and given a power of attorney
to represent this Corporation at such stockholders' meeting for the purposes in
said power of attorney specified; and the Chairman or any Vice Chairman or any
Vice President together with the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of this
Corporation are hereby authorized to execute and deliver in the name and under
the seal of this Corporation proxies in such form as may be required by the
corporation whose stock is to be voted thereunder naming as the attorney
authorized to act by said proxy such individual or individuals as said Chairman
or Vice Chairman or Vice President together with said Secretary or Assistant
Secretary shall deem advisable; provided, however, that no stock in other
corporations shall be voted, and no proxies to vote the same shall be given,
with reference to the adoption, amendment or termination of any pension or
profit sharing plan or any other plan of deferred compensation except by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors of this Corporation at
the time when such action is taken and such majority shall not include any
director who is a salaried officer of this Corporation or of any affiliated bank
or company.


     45.  LOCAL DIRECTORS.  In the event that this Corporation shall own in
excess of fifty percent of the capital stock of any financial or moneyed
corporation or association and if in the acquisition of such stock this
Corporation shall have agreed that as to the voting of such stock for the
election of directors this By-Law or an agreement substantially in accord
therewith shall be binding on the Corporation, then and in each such event the
stock so acquired shall, at all meetings for the election of a Board of
Directors of any such association or corporation, be voted in favor of the
election to such Board of a sufficient number of residents of the city where the
principal office of such corporation or association is located so that, if the
candidate so voted for shall be elected, at least seventy-five percent of the
members of said Board of Directors shall be residents of said city.  This
Section 41 of these By-Laws shall be amended only upon the affirmative vote of
eighty percent in amount of the common stock of this Corporation outstanding at
the time of such amendment or by the Board of Directors after receipt of the
written consent of the holders of at least eighty percent of the common stock of
this Corporation.


                                INSPECTION OF BOOKS

     46.  The directors shall determine from time to time whether, and, if
allowed, when and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books
of the Corporation (except as such as may by statute be specifically open to
inspection) or any of them shall be open to the inspection of the stockholders,
and the stockholders' rights in this respect are and shall be restricted and
limited accordingly.


                                       CHECKS

     47.  All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be
signed by such officer or officers or employees as the Board of Directors may
from time to time designate.


                                    FISCAL YEAR

     48.  The fiscal year shall begin the first day of January in each year.


                                          11
<PAGE>

                                     DIVIDENDS

     49.  Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the
provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the
Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. 
Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock.

          Before payment of any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds
of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors
from time to time in their absolute discretion think proper as a reserve fund to
meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining
any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors
shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation.


                                  ANNUAL STATEMENT

     50.  The Chairman or a Vice Chairman or the President or a Vice President
shall present at each annual meeting of stockholders a statement of the business
and condition of the Corporation.


                                      NOTICES

     51.  Whenever under the provisions of these By-Laws notice is required to
be given to any director, officer or stockholder, it shall not be construed to
mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, by
depositing the same in the post office or letter box, in a postpaid sealed
wrapper, addressed to such stockholder, officer or director at such address as
appears on the books of the Corporation, or, in default of other address, to
such director, officer or stockholder at the General Post Office in the City of
Wilmington, Delaware, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time
when the same shall be thus mailed.

          Any stockholder, director or officer may waive any notice required to
be given under these By-Laws.


                                     AMENDMENTS

     52.  These By-Laws, except as hereinabove otherwise provided, may be
altered or amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the stock issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, at any regular or special meeting of
the stockholders if notice of the proposed alteration or amendment be contained
in the notice of the meeting, or, except as hereinbefore and in the Certificate
of Incorporation of this Corporation otherwise provided, by the affirmative vote
of a majority of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that no change of
the time or place for the election of directors shall be made within sixty days
next before the day on which such election is to be held, and that in case of
any change of such time or place notice thereof shall be given to each
stockholder in person or by letter mailed to his last known post office address
at least twenty days before the election is held.


                                          12

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.(A)
<SEQUENCE>4
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10(A)
<TEXT>

<PAGE>

                        LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
                       (As amended effective February 23, 1999)

1.   PURPOSE.  The purpose of Wells Fargo & Company's Long-Term Incentive
     Compensation Plan (the "Plan") is to motivate key employees to produce a
     superior return to the stockholders of Wells Fargo & Company by offering
     them an opportunity to participate in stockholder gains, by facilitating
     stock ownership and by rewarding them for achieving a high level of
     corporate financial performance.  The Plan is also intended to facilitate
     recruiting and retaining talented executives for key positions by providing
     an attractive capital accumulation opportunity.

2.   DEFINITIONS.

     2.1    The following terms, whenever used in this Plan, shall have the
            meanings set forth below:

            (a)  "Affiliate" means any corporation or limited liability
                 company, a majority of the voting stock or membership
                 interests of which is directly or indirectly owned by the
                 Company, and any partnership or joint venture designated by
                 the Committee in which any such corporation or limited
                 liability company is a partner or joint venturer.

            (b)  "Award" means a grant made under this Plan in the form of
                 Performance Shares, Restricted Stock, Stock Options,
                 Performance Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, or Stock.

            (c)  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

            (d)  "Committee" means a committee selected by the Board and
                 consisting of two or more members of the Board. 

            (e)  "Company" means Wells Fargo & Company, a Delaware corporation
                 formerly known as Norwest Corporation.

            (f)  "Employee" means a regular salaried employee (including an
                 officer or director who is also an employee) of the Company or
                 an Affiliate.

            (g)  "Fair Market Value" as of any date means the immediately
                 preceding trading day's closing price of a share of Stock as
                 reported by the consolidated tape of the New York Stock
                 Exchange.  

            (h)  "Incentive Stock Option" means any Option designated as such
                 and granted in accordance with the requirements of Section
                 422A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

<PAGE>

            (i)  "Non-Qualified Stock Option" means an Option other than an
                 Incentive Stock Option.

            (j)  "Option" means a right to purchase Stock.

            (k)  "Participant" means a person designated by the Committee to
                 receive an Award under the Plan who is an Employee at the time
                 of such designation.

            (l)  "Performance Cycle" means the period of time of not fewer than
                 two years nor more than five years as specified by the
                 Committee over which Performance Shares or Performance Units
                 are to be earned.

            (m)  "Performance Shares" means an Award made pursuant to Section 6
                 which entitles a Participant to receive Shares, their cash
                 equivalent or a combination thereof based on the achievement
                 of performance targets during a Performance Cycle.

            (n)  "Performance Units" means an Award made pursuant to Section 6
                 which entitles a Participant to receive cash, Stock or a
                 combination thereof based on the achievement of performance
                 targets during a Performance Cycle.

            (o)  "Plan" means this Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, as
                 amended from time to time.

            (p)  "Restricted Stock" means Stock granted under Section 7 that is
                 subject to restrictions imposed pursuant to said Section.

            (q)  For all Awards outstanding on November 2, 1998, "Retirement"
                 means retirement which would entitle a Participant to a
                 benefit under Section 6.1 or Section 6.2 of the Norwest
                 Corporation Pension Plan or under Section 4.1 or Section 4.2
                 of the Norwest Financial Pension Plan if such plans had
                 remained in effect under their terms as of November 2, 1998. 
                 For all Awards granted subsequent to November 2, 1998,
                 "Retirement" means termination of employment after reaching
                 the earlier of (i) age 55 with 10 completed years of service,
                 or (ii) 80 points (with one point credited for each completed
                 age year and one point credited for each completed year of
                 service), or (iii) age 65.  For purposes of this definition, a
                 Participant is credited with one year of service after
                 completion of each full 12-month period of employment with the
                 Company or an Affiliate as determined by the Company or
                 Affiliate.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

            (r)  "Share" means a share of Stock.

            (s)  "Stock" means the common stock, $1-2/3 par value per share, of
                 the Company.

            (t)  "Stock Appreciation Right" means the right to receive a
                 payment in cash or in Stock or a combination thereof in an
                 amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the
                 Stock at the time of exercise over the Fair Market Value of
                 the Stock at the time of grant.

            (u)  "Successor" means the legal representative of the estate of a
                 deceased Participant or the person or persons who may acquire
                 the right to exercise an Option or to receive Shares issuable
                 in satisfaction of an Award, by bequest or inheritance.

            (v)  "Term" means the period during which an Option or Stock
                 Appreciation Right may be exercised or the period during which
                 the restrictions placed on Restricted Stock are in effect.

     2.2    GENDER AND NUMBER.  Except when otherwise indicated by context,
            reference to the masculine gender shall include, when used, the
            feminine gender and any term used in the singular shall also
            include the plural.

3.   ADMINISTRATION.  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  Subject
     to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have exclusive power to
     determine when and to whom Awards will be granted, the form of each Award,
     the amount of each Award, and any other terms or conditions of each Award. 
     The Committee's interpretation of the Plan and of any Awards made under the
     Plan shall be final and binding on all persons with an interest therein. 
     The Committee shall have the authority, subject to the provisions of the
     Plan, to establish, adopt and revise rules and regulations relating to the
     Plan as it may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the
     Plan.

4.   SHARES AVAILABLE UNDER THE PLAN; LIMITATION ON AWARDS.  The maximum number
     of Shares that may be issued under this Plan on and after April 28, 1998
     (in addition to Shares which prior to April 28, 1998 were subject to
     Awards) shall not exceed the sum of (i) the number of Shares available for,
     but not yet subject to, an Award as of April 28, 1998, plus (ii) 37,000,000
     Shares.  These Shares may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized but
     unissued Stock or treasury Stock not reserved for any other purpose.  Any
     Shares subject to the terms and conditions of an Award under this Plan
     which are forfeited or not issued because the terms and conditions of the
     Award are not met or for which payment is not made in Stock and any Shares
     which are used for full or partial payment of the purchase price of Shares
     with respect to which an Option is exercised may again be used for an Award
     under the Plan.  No Employee may 

                                      -3-
<PAGE>


     be awarded in any calendar year Options or Stock Appreciation Rights 
     covering an aggregate of more than 7,000,000 Shares.  On and after the 
     date referred to in clause (i) above, no more than five percent of the 
     sum of the numbers of Shares described in clauses (i) and (ii) above 
     shall be issued pursuant to Awards of unrestricted Stock not granted in 
     lieu of salary, cash bonus or other cash compensation, Awards of 
     Performance Shares or Performance Units earned over a Performance Cycle 
     of less than three years, and Awards of Restricted Stock having Terms of 
     less than three years at the time of grant.

5.   PARTICIPATION.  Participation in the Plan shall be limited to key Employees
     of the Company or an Affiliate selected by the Committee.  Participation is
     entirely at the discretion of the Committee, and is not automatically
     continued after an initial period of participation.

6.   PERFORMANCE SHARES AND PERFORMANCE UNITS.  An Award of Performance Shares
     or Performance Units under the Plan shall entitle the Participant to future
     payments or Shares or a combination thereof based upon the achievement of
     pre-established performance targets.

     6.1    AMOUNT OF AWARD.  The Committee shall establish a maximum amount of
            a Participant's Award, which amount shall be denominated in Shares
            in the case of Performance Shares or in dollars in the case of
            Performance Units.

     6.2    COMMUNICATION OF AWARD.  Written notice of the maximum amount of a
            Participant's Award and the Performance Cycle determined by the
            Committee shall be given to a Participant as soon as practicable
            after approval of the Award by the Committee.

     6.3    AMOUNT OF AWARD PAYABLE.  The Committee shall establish maximum and
            minimum performance targets to be achieved during the applicable
            Performance Cycle.  Performance targets established by the
            Committee shall relate to corporate, group, unit or individual
            performance and may be established in terms of earnings, growth in
            earnings, ratios of earnings to equity or assets, or such other
            measures or standards determined by the Committee.  Multiple
            performance targets may be used and the components of multiple
            performance targets may be given the same or different weighting in
            determining the amount of an Award earned, and may relate to
            absolute performance or relative performance measured against other
            groups, units, individuals or entities.  Achievement of the maximum
            performance target shall entitle the Participant to payment
            (subject to Section 6.5) at the full or maximum amount specified
            with respect to the Award; provided, however, that notwithstanding
            any other provisions of this Plan, in the case of an Award of
            Performance Shares the Committee in its discretion may 

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

            establish an upper limit on the amount payable (whether in cash 
            or Stock) as a result of the achievement of the maximum performance 
            target.  The Committee may also establish that a portion of a full 
            or maximum amount of a Participant's Award will be paid (subject to 
            Section 6.5) for performance which exceeds the minimum performance 
            target but falls below the maximum performance target applicable to 
            such Award.

     6.4    ADJUSTMENTS.  At any time prior to payment of a Performance Share
            or Performance Unit Award, the Committee may adjust previously
            established performance targets or other terms and conditions to
            reflect events such as changes in law, regulation, or accounting
            practice, or mergers, acquisitions or divestitures.

     6.5    PAYMENT OF AWARDS.  Following the conclusion of each Performance
            Cycle, the Committee shall determine the extent to which
            performance targets have been attained, and the satisfaction of any
            other terms and conditions with respect to an Award relating to
            such Performance Cycle.  The Committee shall determine what, if
            any, payment is due with respect to an Award and whether such
            payment shall be made in cash, Stock or some combination.  Payment
            shall be made in a lump sum or installments, as determined by the
            Committee, commencing as promptly as practicable following the end
            of the applicable Performance Cycle, subject to such terms and
            conditions and in such form as may be prescribed by the Committee. 
            Payment in Stock may be in Restricted Stock.

     6.6    TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  If a Participant ceases to be an
            Employee before the end of a Performance Cycle by reason of his
            death, permanent disability or Retirement, the Performance Cycle
            for such Participant for the purpose of determining the amount of
            Award payable shall end at the end of the calendar quarter
            immediately preceding the date on which such Participant ceased to
            be an Employee.  The amount of an Award payable to a Participant to
            whom the preceding sentence is applicable shall be paid at the end
            of the Performance Cycle and shall be that fraction of the Award
            computed pursuant to the preceding sentence the numerator of which
            is the number of calendar quarters during the Performance Cycle
            during all of which said Participant was an Employee and the
            denominator of which is the number of full calendar quarters in the
            Performance Cycle.  Upon any other termination of employment of a
            Participant during a Performance Cycle, participation in the Plan
            shall cease and all outstanding Awards of Performance Shares or
            Performance Units to such Participant shall be cancelled.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

7.   RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS.  An Award of Restricted Stock under the Plan shall
     consist of Shares subject to restrictions on transfer, conditions of
     forfeiture, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee shall
     determine.

     7.1    AGREEMENTS.  An Award of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by a
            Restricted Stock agreement in such form and not inconsistent with
            this Plan as the Committee shall approve from time to time, which
            shall include the following terms and conditions:

            (a)  RESTRICTIONS.  A statement of the terms, conditions, and
                 restrictions to which the Restricted Stock awarded is subject,
                 including, without limitation, terms requiring forfeiture and
                 imposing restriction on transfer for such Term or Terms as
                 shall be determined by the Committee subject to the provisions
                 of this Plan.  The Committee shall have the authority to
                 permit in its discretion an acceleration of the expiration of
                 the applicable Term with respect to any part or all of the
                 Restricted Stock awarded to a Participant in connection with
                 severance arrangements or changes in law, regulation or
                 accounting practice.

            (b)  LAPSE OF RESTRICTIONS.  A statement of the terms and any other
                 conditions upon which any restrictions upon Restricted Stock
                 awarded shall lapse, as determined by the Committee subject to
                 the provisions of this Plan.  Upon the lapse of the
                 restrictions, Shares free of restrictive legend, if any, shall
                 be issued to the Participant or his Successor.

     7.2    TERM.  Subject to acceleration of the expiration of the Term as
            provided in or permitted by this Plan, the minimum Term for
            Restricted Stock shall be three years unless the lapse of
            restrictions is conditioned on the achievement of one or more 
            pre-established performance targets, in which case the minimum Term
            shall be not less than one year, or the Restricted Stock is granted
            in lieu of salary, cash bonus or other cash compensation, in which
            case there may be no minimum Term.

     7.3    NONTRANSFERABILITY.  Restricted Stock awarded, and the right to
            vote such Restricted Stock and to receive dividends thereon, may
            not be sold, assigned, transferred, exchanged, pledged, or
            otherwise encumbered, during the Term applicable to the Award.  A
            Participant with a Restricted Stock Award shall have all the other
            rights of a stockholder including, but not limited to, the right to
            receive dividends and the right to vote the Shares.

     7.4    TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  If a Participant ceases to be an
            Employee prior to the lapse of restrictions by reason of his death,
            permanent 

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

            disability or Retirement, all restrictions on Shares of 
            Restricted Stock held for his benefit shall immediately lapse. 
            Upon any other termination of employment prior to the lapse of 
            restrictions, participation in the Plan shall cease and all 
            Shares of Restricted Stock held for the benefit of a Participant 
            shall be forfeited by the Participant.

     7.5    CERTIFICATES.  Each certificate issued in respect to an Award of
            Restricted Stock shall be deposited with the Company or its
            designee and may, at the election of the Committee, bear the
            following legend:

                 "This certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby
                 are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture
                 provisions and restrictions against transfer) contained in the
                 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan and an Agreement entered
                 into between the registered owner and Wells Fargo & Company. 
                 Release from such terms and conditions shall obtain only in
                 accordance with the provisions of the Plan and Agreement, a
                 copy of each of which is on file in the office of the
                 Secretary of Wells Fargo & Company."

8.   STOCK AWARDS.  Awards of Stock without restrictions may be made according
     to terms and conditions established by the Committee.

9.   STOCK OPTIONS.

     9.1    AGREEMENTS.  An Award of an Option shall be evidenced by a document
            or  other communication containing such terms and conditions as the
            Committee shall approve from time to time, which terms and
            conditions shall include the following:

            (a)  TYPE OF OPTION; NUMBER OF SHARES.  A statement identifying the
                 Option represented thereby as an Incentive Stock Option or
                 Non-Qualified Stock Option, as the case may be, and the number
                 of Shares to which the Option applies.

            (b)  OPTION PRICE.  A statement of the purchase price of the Stock
                 subject to Option which shall not be less than the Fair Market
                 Value, and in any event not less than the par value, of the
                 Stock on the date the Option is granted.

            (c)  EXERCISE TERM.  A statement of the Term of each Option granted
                 as established by the Committee, provided that no Option shall
                 be exercisable after ten years from the date of grant.  The
                 Committee shall have the authority to permit an acceleration
                 of previously established Terms, at its discretion.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

            (d)  PAYMENT FOR SHARES.  A statement that the purchase price of
                 the Shares with respect to which an Option is exercised shall
                 be payable at the time of exercise in accordance with
                 procedures established by the Company.  The purchase price may
                 be payable in cash, in Stock having a Fair Market Value on the
                 date the Option is exercised equal to the Option price of the
                 Stock being purchased pursuant to the Option, or a combination
                 thereof, as the Committee shall determine.  The Committee may,
                 either at the time the Option is granted or any time before it
                 is exercised, subject to such limitations as the Committee may
                 determine, authorize payment of the purchase price of the
                 Option by delivery to the Company of irrevocable instructions
                 to a broker, or some other communication acceptable to the
                 Company, requiring prompt delivery to the Company of the
                 amount of sale proceeds to pay the Option purchase price and
                 all applicable withholding taxes resulting from such exercise.

            (e)  NONTRANSFERABILITY.  Each Option agreement shall state that
                 the Option is not transferable other than by will, the laws of
                 descent and distribution or by the Participant designating a
                 beneficiary in accordance with this Section 9.1(e).  During
                 the lifetime of the Participant, Options may be exercised only
                 by the Participant or by the Participant's legal
                 representative.  The Participant may, by completing and
                 signing a written beneficiary designation form which is
                 delivered to and accepted by the Company, designate a
                 beneficiary to exercise and receive any outstanding Options
                 (and all outstanding Stock Appreciation Rights granted in
                 conjunction with Options) upon the Participant's death.  If at
                 the time of the Participant's death there is not on file a
                 fully effective beneficiary designation form, or if the
                 designated beneficiary did not survive the Participant, the
                 legal representative of the Participant's estate shall have
                 the right to exercise the Option.

            (f)  INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.  In the case of an Incentive Stock
                 Option, each Option agreement shall be subject to any terms,
                 conditions and provisions as the Committee determines
                 necessary or desirable in order to qualify the Option as an
                 Incentive Stock Option (within the meaning of Section 422A of
                 the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or any amendment or
                 regulation pertaining to it) or any other law or regulation
                 providing special tax treatment for stock options and related
                 stock.  Provided, however, that the aggregate Fair Market
                 Value (as determined at the effective date of the grant) of
                 the Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are
                 exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any
                 calendar year shall not exceed $100,000.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

     9.2    TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT DUE TO DEATH, DISABILITY, OR RETIREMENT.

            (a)  If a Participant ceases to be an Employee by reason of his
                 death, permanent disability or Retirement, each outstanding
                 Option shall become exercisable to the extent and for such
                 period or periods determined by the Committee but not beyond
                 the expiration date of said Option.  If a Participant dies
                 before exercising all outstanding Options, the outstanding
                 Options shall be exercisable by the Participant's beneficiary
                 determined in accordance with Section 9.1(e).

            (b)  If a Participant ceases to be an Employee by reason of his
                 death, permanent disability or Retirement, each outstanding
                 Stock Appreciation Right granted in conjunction with an Option
                 shall become exercisable to the extent and for such period or
                 periods determined by the Committee but not beyond the
                 expiration date of said Stock Appreciation Right.  If a
                 Participant dies before exercising all outstanding Stock
                 Appreciation Rights granted in conjunction with Options, said
                 outstanding Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable by
                 the Participant's beneficiary determined in accordance with
                 Section 9.1(e).

     9.3    TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT FOR REASONS OTHER THAN DEATH, DISABILITY,
            OR RETIREMENT.  Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, in
            the event a Participant ceases to be an Employee for any reason
            other than his death, permanent disability or Retirement, all
            rights of the Participant under this Plan shall immediately
            terminate without notice of any kind.

10.  STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.  An Award of a Stock Appreciation Right shall
     entitle the Participant, subject to terms and conditions determined by the
     Committee, to receive upon exercise of the right all or a portion of the
     excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of a specified number of Shares at the
     time of exercise over (ii) a specified price which shall not be less than
     100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time of grant.  Stock
     Appreciation Rights may be granted in connection with a previously or
     contemporaneously granted Option, or independent of any Option.  If issued
     in connection with an Option, the Committee may impose a condition that
     exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right cancels the Option with which it is
     connected.  A Stock Appreciation Right may not be exercised at any time
     when the Fair Market Value of the Shares of Stock to which it relates does
     not exceed the exercise price of the Option associated with those Shares.

     10.1   AGREEMENT.  An Award of a Stock Appreciation Right shall be
            evidenced by a Stock Appreciation Right agreement in such form and
            not inconsistent with this Plan as the Committee shall approve from
            time to 

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

            time, which shall include a statement of the Term within which 
            the Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised subject to terms 
            and conditions prescribed by the Committee, provided that no 
            Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable after ten years 
            from the date of grant.  The Committee shall have the authority 
            to permit an acceleration of previously established exercise 
            Terms.

     10.2   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT DUE TO DEATH, DISABILITY, OR RETIREMENT. 
            If a Participant ceases to be an Employee by reason of his death,
            permanent disability or Retirement, each Stock Appreciation Right
            then outstanding which was granted independent of any Option shall
            become exercisable to the extent and for such period or periods
            determined by the Committee but not beyond the expiration date of
            said Stock Appreciation Right.

     10.3   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT FOR REASONS OTHER THAN DEATH, DISABILITY,
            OR RETIREMENT.  Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, in
            the event a Participant ceases to be an Employee for any reason
            other than his death, permanent disability or Retirement, all
            rights of the Participant under this Plan shall immediately
            terminate without notice of any kind.

     10.4   PAYMENT.  Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, payment
            shall be made in the form of cash or Stock or some combination
            thereof as determined by the Committee.  However, notwithstanding
            any other provisions of this Plan, in no event may the payment
            (whether in cash or Stock) upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation
            Right exceed an amount equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value of
            the Shares at the time of grant.

11.  NONTRANSFERABILITY OF RIGHTS.  Except as otherwise set forth in this Plan,
     no rights under any Award will be transferable other than by will or the
     laws of descent and distribution, and the rights and the benefits of any
     Award may be exercised and received during the lifetime of the Participant
     only by the Participant or by the Participant's legal representative.

12.  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

     12.1   Transfers of employment between the Company and an Affiliate, or
            between Affiliates, will not constitute termination of employment
            for purposes of any Award.

     12.2   The Committee may specify in the agreement relating to an Award
            whether any authorized leave of absence or absence for military or
            government service or for any other reasons will constitute a
            termination of employment for purposes of the Award and the Plan.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

13.  REORGANIZATION.  If substantially all of the assets of the Company are
     acquired by another corporation or in case of a reorganization of the
     Company involving the acquisition of the Company by another entity, then as
     to each Participant who is an Employee immediately prior to the
     consummation of the transaction:

     (a)    All outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall become
            exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of the
            transaction.

     (b)    All restrictions with respect to Restricted Stock shall lapse
            immediately prior to the consummation of the transaction.

     (c)    All Performance Cycles for the purpose of determining the amounts
            of Awards of Performance Shares and Performance Units payable shall
            end at the end of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the
            consummation of the transaction.  The amount of an Award payable
            shall be that fraction of the Award computed pursuant to the
            preceding sentence the numerator of which is the number of calendar
            quarters completed in the Performance Cycle through the end of the
            calendar quarter immediately preceding the consummation of the
            transaction and the denominator of which is the number of full
            calendar quarters in the Performance Cycle.  The amount of an Award
            payable shall be paid within sixty days after consummation of the
            transaction.

     The Committee shall take such action as in their discretion may be
     necessary or advisable to carry out the provisions of this Section.

14.  BOARD CHANGES.  On the date that a majority of the Board shall be persons
     other than persons (a) for whose election proxies shall have been solicited
     by the Board or (b) who are then serving as directors appointed by the
     Board to fill vacancies on the Board caused by death or resignation (but
     not by removal) or to fill newly-created directorships, then as to any
     Participant who is an Employee immediately prior to said date and who
     ceases to be an Employee within six months after said date for any reason
     other than as a result of death, permanent disability or Retirement:

     (i)    All outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall become
            immediately exercisable and may be exercised at any time within six
            months after the Participant ceases to be an Employee.

     (ii)   All restrictions with respect to Restricted Stock shall lapse and
            Shares free of restrictive legend shall be delivered to the
            Participant.

     (iii)  All Performance Cycles for the purpose of determining the amounts
            of Awards of Performance Shares and Performance Units payable shall
            end 

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

            at the end of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the date 
            on which said Participant ceased to be an Employee.  The amount 
            of an Award payable to said Participant shall be that fraction of 
            the Award computed pursuant to the preceding sentence the 
            numerator of which is the number of calendar quarters during the 
            Performance Cycle during all of which said Participant was an 
            Employee and the denominator of which is the number of full 
            calendar quarters in the Performance Cycle.  The amount of an 
            Award payable shall be paid within sixty days after said 
            Participant ceases to be an Employee.

     The Committee shall take such action as in their discretion may be
     necessary or advisable to carry out the provisions of this Section.

15.  EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN.

     15.1   EFFECTIVE DATE.  The Plan shall become effective as of September
            25, 1984 upon the approval and ratification of the Plan by the
            affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding
            Shares of Stock present or represented and entitled to vote in
            person or by proxy at a meeting of the stockholders of the Company.

     15.2   DURATION OF THE PLAN.  The Plan shall remain in effect until all
            Stock subject to it shall be distributed, until the Term of all
            Options or Stock Appreciation Rights granted under this Plan shall
            expire, until all restrictions on Restricted Stock granted under
            this Plan shall lapse, or until the Performance Cycle for any
            Performance Shares or Performance Units awarded under this Plan
            shall end.

16.  RIGHT TO TERMINATE EMPLOYMENT.  Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon any
     Participant the right to continue in the employment of the Company or any
     Affiliate or affect any right which the Company or any Affiliate may have
     to terminate employment of the Participant.

17.  WITHHOLDING TAXES.  The Company and its Affiliates shall have the right to
     deduct from all payments under this Plan, whether in cash or in Stock, an
     amount necessary to satisfy any federal, state or local withholding tax
     requirements.

18.  DEFERRAL OF PAYMENTS.  The Company may, from time to time, establish rules
     and conditions under which a Participant may defer the payment of Awards. 
     Such terms and conditions shall be included in a deferral agreement signed
     by a Participant electing such deferral.

19.  AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.  The Board or
     Committee may at any time terminate, suspend or modify the Plan, except
     that the Board or Committee will not, without authorization of the
     stockholders of the 

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

     Company, effect any change (other than through adjustment for changes in 
     capitalization as provided in Section 20) which will:

     (a)    Increase the total amount of Stock which may be awarded under the
            Plan.

     (b)    Change the class of Employees eligible to participate in the Plan.

     (c)    Withdraw the administration of the Plan from the Committee.

     (d)    Permit any person, while a member of the Committee, to be eligible
            to participate in the Plan.

     (e)    Extend the duration of the Plan.

     No termination, suspension, or modification of the Plan will adversely
     affect any right acquired by any Participant or any Successor under an
     Award granted before the date of termination, suspension, or modification,
     unless otherwise agreed to by the Participant; but it will be conclusively
     presumed that any adjustment for changes in capitalization provided for in
     Section 20 does not adversely affect any right.

20.  ADJUSTMENT FOR CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.  Any change in the number of
     outstanding Shares occurring through Stock splits, reverse Stock splits, or
     Stock dividends after the grant of an Award will be reflected
     proportionately in the aggregate number of Shares then available for Awards
     and in the number of Shares subject to Awards then outstanding; and a
     proportionate change will be made in the per share Option price as to any
     outstanding Options.  Any fractional Shares resulting from adjustments will
     be rounded to the nearest whole Share.


7/22/97
10/2/97
4/28/98
7/28/98
2/23/99




                                      -13-
<PAGE>

                                   WELLS FARGO
                      LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
                         RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT AGREEMENT


This Restricted Stock Agreement (this "Agreement") between Wells Fargo & Company
(the "Company"), and ________________________ (the "Participant") is dated as of
__________________.  The purpose of this Agreement is to implement the Company's
Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended ("Plan").

1.     GRANT - GRANT NUMBER: RS   .  The Company hereby grants Participant
       _______ shares of the Company's Restricted Stock (the "Restricted Stock
       Grant") subject to the terms of this Agreement.

2.     TRANSFER RESTRICTION  Participant may not sell, assign, pledge, encumber
       or otherwise transfer any of the shares of the Restricted Stock Grant
       until the Restriction Lapse described in paragraph 3 below ("Transfer
       Restriction").  Prior to the Restriction Lapse, any stock certificates
       issued to Participant for the Restricted Stock Grant shall be in the
       sole custody of the Company.

3.     RESTRICTION LAPSE  Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Transfer
       Restriction on the Restricted Stock Grant shall lapse in accordance with
       the following schedule (if not forfeited prior to that date):

            (a)     thirty percent of the Restricted Stock Grant (rounded down
                    to the nearest whole share) on the third anniversary of the
                    grant (____________, 20__); and
            (b)     an additional thirty percent of the Restricted Stock Grant
                    (rounded down to the nearest whole share) on the fourth
                    anniversary of the grant (_______________, 20__); and
            (c)     the remainder of the Restricted Stock Grant on the fifth
                    anniversary of the grant (________, 20__)

       Provided, however, that if Participant is an Employee immediately prior
       to a reorganization as described in Section 13 of the Plan, the Transfer
       Restriction shall lapse immediately prior to the consummation of the
       reorganization for the entire Restricted Stock Grant.  In addition, if
       Participant is an Employee immediately prior to a change in the Board as
       described in Section 14 of the Plan and thereafter within six months
       after said change in the Board terminates his or her employment with the
       Company or an Affiliate for any reason other than death, permanent
       disability or Retirement, the Transfer Restriction shall lapse on said
       termination date for the entire Restricted Stock Grant.

       Upon lapse of the Transfer Restriction, stock certificates issued to
       Participant for said shares shall be delivered to the Participant.

4.     FORFEITURE  Participant's right to retain the Restricted Stock Grant, or
       any portion thereof, is subject to his/her continuous employment by the
       Company or an Affiliate until the Restriction Lapse.  If Participant's
       employment by the Company or an Affiliate terminates for any reason
       prior to the Restriction Lapse, the Restricted Stock Grant (or the
       relevant portion(s) thereof) shall be forfeited and revert to the
       Company.  However, no such forfeiture shall occur if the termination of
       the Participant's employment is due to the Participant's death,
       permanent disability or Retirement.

5.     VOTING POWER AND TAXES  Prior to the earlier of the Restriction Lapse or
       forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Grant, Participant shall have voting
       power with respect to said shares and shall receive dividends thereon. 
       Any dividends or other distributions with respect to the Restricted
       Stock Grant which are payable in Stock shall be subject to the same
       restrictions then applicable to the Restricted Stock Grant and shall
       thereafter be considered Restricted Stock for purposes of this
       Agreement.  If Participant recognizes ordinary income on the Restricted
       Stock Grant or any related payments, it may be necessary to withhold
       income taxes and social security taxes.  Participant agrees to pay the
       Company or its Affiliate to satisfy any withholding obligations. 
       Payment may be made by Participant in cash or, at Participant's
       election, the Company may withhold from the Shares to be issued the
       number of Shares (based on the Fair Market Value of the Stock as of the
       date of the Restriction Lapse) that would satisfy the withholding taxes
       due (except that any fractional share amount shall be paid by the
       Participant in cash).  The Company will not be obligated to deliver any
       stock certificates for said Shares until withholding obligations are
       met.

6.     DEFINITIONS  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein are used as
       defined in the Plan.
<PAGE>

7.     This Agreement is subject to the Plan and to the extent this Agreement
       and the Plan are inconsistent, the Plan shall govern.  Nothing in this
       Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the
       Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate Participant's employment
       at any time, nor confer upon Participant any right to continue in the
       employ of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

8.     This Agreement, together with the Plan, is the entire Agreement between
       the Participant and the Company with regard to the Restricted Stock
       Grant and may not be modified except in writing, signed by both parties
       hereto.  This Agreement is binding on the parties hereto and their
       respective successors and assigns.  It is governed and construed in
       accordance with the laws of Delaware.

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant and the Company have executed this
       Agreement as of the date above.


WELLS FARGO & COMPANY




By:
    --------------------------------------
Its: Executive Vice President



- ------------------------------------------
Participant





                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                                  WELLS FARGO
                     LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
                      NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                  WITH RIGHT TO ACQUIRE A RELOAD STOCK OPTION

NAME:         Name                 SOC. SEC. NO.:     SSN
GRANT DATE:                        EXPIRATION DATE:   [10 years from grant date]
SHARES:       # shares             EXERCISE PRICE:

1.   GRANT OF OPTION.  Wells Fargo & Company (the "Company") has granted to you
an option ("Option") to purchase _______ shares (the "Shares") of Wells Fargo &
Company common stock ("Common Stock").  The Option is granted subject in all
respects to the terms of the Company's Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan
(the "Plan").  

2.   TERM, VESTING AND EXERCISE OF OPTION.  The term of this Option commences on
[Grant Date] and, except as provided in paragraph 3 below, ends on [Expiration
Date], provided you are continuously employed by the Company or an Affiliate
("Wells Fargo").  If your employment with Wells Fargo is terminated, the Option
may be exercised only as described in paragraph 3 below.  While you are alive,
the Option may be exercised only by you or your legal representative.

Except as provided in paragraph 3 below, this Option becomes exercisable
("vests") according to the following table provided it has not been terminated
before such date in accordance with the provisions of this Option:

                     Shares   shares on    Date
                     Shares   shares on    Date
                     Shares   shares on    Date

To exercise all or part of the Option you must deliver a "Notice of Exercise,"
in such form as the Company authorizes, along with payment as described herein
of the exercise price and all applicable withholding taxes.  You must pay the
exercise price on the day you exercise the Option (a) in cash, (b) in whole
shares of Common Stock valued at their Fair Market Value (the prior trading
day's closing price), or (c) by delivering, with your Notice of Exercise,
irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company the
amount of the exercise price and all applicable withholding taxes.  If Stock is
used to pay the exercise price ("swap transaction"), the Stock used (i) must
have been owned by you for at least six months prior to the date of exercise or
purchased by you in the open market; and (ii) must not have been used in a
stock-for-stock swap transaction within the preceding six months. You shall not
have any rights as a stockholder with respect to the Shares of Common Stock
subject to the Option until you have exercised the Option for such Shares.

3.   RETIREMENT, DISABILITY, DEATH OR OTHER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  If your
termination of employment is due to Retirement, your Option will immediately
vest and become exercisable until the expiration date or until one year after
your date of death, whichever occurs first.  If you become permanently disabled
while you are employed by Wells Fargo, then your entire Option is immediately
vested and exercisable and will remain exercisable until one year after your
date of death or until the Option expires, whichever occurs first.  If you die
while you are employed by Wells Fargo, the entire Option is immediately vested
and exercisable, and the beneficiary as set forth in the Plan may exercise the
Option until one year after the date of your death or until the Option expires,
whichever occurs first.

If you leave Wells Fargo's employment for any reason other than death, permanent
disability, Retirement, or discharge for cause, you may exercise at any time
within three (3) months after the date of termination that part of the Option
which was exercisable on the date of termination.  If you are discharged for
cause, the Option will expire upon receipt by you of oral or written notice of
termination.  

4.   COMPLIANCE AND WITHHOLDING TAXES. The issuance of Shares upon the exercise
of the Option shall be subject to compliance by the Company and you with all
applicable requirements of law relating thereto, including withholding tax
obligations, and with all applicable regulations of any stock exchange on which
the Common Stock may be listed at the time of such issuance.  You agree to
satisfy all withholding tax obligations applicable to the acquisition of Shares
under the Option or the disposition of such Shares that the Company deems
necessary.  Income taxes are computed based on the difference between the Fair
Market Value of the Shares acquired as of the date of exercise and the exercise
price for those Shares.  Taxes may be paid either in cash or, if you elect, by
having the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued a number of Shares
(valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise) necessary to
satisfy the taxes.  The Company is not obligated to exercise the Option and/or
deliver the Shares until all payment obligations are met.  

5.   RELOAD OPTION.  If you exercise this Option while you are employed by Wells
Fargo and pay the exercise price in Stock as described herein, you are hereby
granted a non-qualified reload stock option ("Reload Option") at the Fair Market
Value as of the date of such exercise.  The Reload Option will be for the number
of whole Shares used in the swap exercise to pay the exercise price plus a
number of Shares with respect to the tax liability related to the exercise.  
Subject to the provisions of paragraph 3, the Reload Option may be exercised
between the date of grant and the date of expiration of this Option. The Reload
Option shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as
modified by this paragraph 5.  No Reload Option is granted if this Option is
exercised after your Retirement, permanent disability, death or other
termination of employment.  No Reload Option is granted upon exercise of the
Reload Option.

6.   TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION.  The Option may be transferred only by will, the
laws of descent and distribution or by your designating a beneficiary in
accordance with Section 9.1(e) of the Plan.

7.   NO AGREEMENT FOR WELLS FARGO TO CONTINUE YOUR EMPLOYMENT.  Nothing in this
Agreement gives you any right to continued employment and Wells Fargo may
terminate you at any time for any reason.

8.   GENERAL RESTRICTIONS.  The Company may delay the exercise of the Option if
it determines that (a) the Shares subject to the Option should be listed,
registered or qualified on any securities exchange or under any law, or (b) the
consent of a regulatory body is desirable.

9.   ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.  This Agreement
is subject to the provisions of the Plan.  Capitalized terms not defined in this
Agreement are used as defined in the Plan.  If the Plan and this Agreement are
inconsistent, provisions of the Plan will govern.  Interpretations of the Plan
and this Agreement by the Committee are binding on you and the Company. 

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.(M)
<SEQUENCE>5
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10(M)
<TEXT>

<PAGE>

                             WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
                       DIRECTORS FORMULA STOCK AWARD PLAN

                     (As amended effective January 1, 1999)

     1.  PURPOSE.  The purpose of the Wells Fargo & Company Directors Formula 
Stock Award Plan (the "Plan") is to provide compensation in the form of 
shares of the Company's common stock, $1 2/3 par value per share ("Common 
Stock"), to non-employee members of the Board of Directors (the "Board") of 
Wells Fargo & Company (the "Company") in consideration for personal services 
rendered in their capacity as directors of the Company.  The Plan is intended 
to aid in attracting and retaining individuals of outstanding abilities and 
skills for service on the Board.

     2.  ELIGIBILITY.  Any person who was a non-employee director of the 
Company on the last day of a calendar year preceding an Award Date (as 
defined below) shall be referred to hereinafter as an "Eligible Non-Employee 
Director" and shall be awarded shares of Common Stock determined as set forth 
in Section 3.

     3.  FORMULA AWARD.  In consideration for past services rendered, on 
February 1 of each year beginning February 1, 1997 (the "Award Date"), each 
Eligible Non-Employee Director shall be awarded that number of shares of 
Common Stock having an aggregate fair market value on the Award Date equal to 
one-twelfth of the annual cash retainer established by the Board and in 
effect as of the immediately preceding January 1, for each month or portion 
of a month during which he or she served as a non-employee director of the 
Company, rounded up to the next whole share (an "Award").

     The fair market value shall be determined using the closing price of a 
share of Common Stock as reported on the consolidated tape of the New York 
Stock Exchange.  

     4.  DEFERRAL OF AWARDS.  An Eligible Non-Employee Director may elect to 
defer under the terms of the 1999 Deferral Plan for Directors, in the form of 
shares of Common Stock, all or a portion of the Award for his or her service 
as a director for the calendar year (the "Deferral Year") following the year 
in which the deferral election is made.  Such election shall be made pursuant 
to the terms of the 1999 Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan.

     5.  SHARES AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS.  Subject to Section 6, no more than 
200,000 shares of Common Stock may be awarded under the Plan.  These shares 
may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized but unissued Common Stock or 
treasury Common Stock not reserved for any other purpose.

     6.  ADJUSTMENTS FOR CERTAIN CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.  If the Company 
shall at any time increase or decrease the number of its outstanding shares 
of Common Stock or change in any way the rights and privileges of such shares 
by means of the payment of a stock dividend or any other distribution upon 
such shares payable in Common Stock, or through a stock split, subdivision, 
consolidation, combination, reclassification, or recapitalization involving 
the 

<PAGE>

Common Stock, then the numbers, rights, and privileges of the shares issuable 
under the Plan shall be increased, decreased, or changed in like manner as if 
such shares had been issued and outstanding, fully paid, and nonassessable at 
the time of such occurrence.

     7.  EFFECTIVE DATE.  The Plan shall become effective on January 1, 1992.

     8.  NO GUARANTEE OF SERVICE.  Participation in the Plan does not 
constitute a guarantee or contract of service as a director.

     9.  NON-ASSIGNABILITY.  No right to receive an award hereunder shall be 
transferable or assignable by a Plan participant other than by will or the 
laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic 
relations order as defined by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, 
Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act ("ERISA"), or rules 
thereunder.  The designation of a beneficiary by a participant pursuant to 
the terms of the 1999 Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan does not 
constitute a transfer.

     10.  ADMINISTRATION.  This Plan shall be administered under such rules 
and procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Company's 
senior human resources officer (the "Plan Administrator").

     11.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.  This Plan may be amended, suspended or 
terminated by action of the Board or the Board Affairs Committee, or any 
successor committee, of the Board and automatically shall be terminated when 
all Common Stock subject to the Plan has been awarded; provided, however, 
that (a) the provisions of the Plan may not be amended more than once every 
six months, other than to comport with changes in the Internal Revenue Code, 
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, or the rules thereunder; (b) if 
the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, any amendment 
shall be similarly approved if the amendment would (i) materially increase 
the benefits accruing to participants under the Plan; or (ii) materially 
increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Plan; or 
(iii)materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation 
in the Plan; and (c) if at the time of any such proposed amendment, 
suspension or termination, any member of such committee does not satisfy the 
requirements applicable to committee approval contained in regulations of the 
Securities Exchange Commission promulgated under Section 16 of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, and applicable interpretations thereof, any such 
amendment, suspension or termination must be approved by the Board.

                                       2
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.(N)
<SEQUENCE>6
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10(N)
<TEXT>

<PAGE>


                                WELLS FARGO & COMPANY

                           1999 DIRECTORS STOCK OPTION PLAN


I.   PURPOSE

The purpose of the Wells Fargo & Company 1999 Directors Stock Option Plan is to
provide an opportunity to non-employee members of the Board of Directors of the
Company to participate in stockholder gains in consideration for personal
services rendered in their capacity as directors of the Company.  The Plan is
also intended to aid in attracting and retaining individuals of outstanding
abilities and skills for service on the Company's Board of Directors.  

II.  DEFINITIONS

When used in this Plan, the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings
indicated below:

     AWARD DATE               The day of the Company's annual meeting of
                              stockholders in each year, beginning in 1999.

     COMMON STOCK             Common Stock of the Company, $1 2/3 par value.

     COMPANY                  Wells Fargo & Company.

     FAIR MARKET VALUE        The closing price per share of the Common Stock
                              reported among the New York Stock Exchange
                              composite transactions for the trading day
                              immediately preceding the option grant date or
                              exercise date, as the case may be.  

     NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR    Any member of the Board of Directors of the
                              Company who is not an officer or employee of the
                              Company or of a subsidiary of the Company. 

     PLAN ADMINISTRATOR       The Company's Director of Human Resources.  


III. OPTION AWARD FORMULA

Every Non-Employee Director who is elected or re-elected to the Board of
Directors by the stockholders of the Company shall automatically receive an
option as of each Award Date to purchase Common Stock with a value of $25,000 on
such date determined in accordance with the Black-Scholes option pricing model. 
A Non-Employee Director who joins the Board of Directors on any date other than
the Award Date shall automatically receive as of such other date an option to
purchase Common Stock with the same value determined as of such other date,
prorated to reflect the number of months (rounded up to the next whole month)
remaining until the next Award Date.  The exercise price per share for each
stock option granted under this Plan 


<PAGE>

shall be the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date the option is
granted.  The number of shares subject to any such option shall be determined
using parameters determined as of the business day immediately preceding the
date as of which the option is granted and shall be rounded up to the next whole
share. 

IV.  EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     A.   EXERCISE PRICE AND VESTING.  Each option granted under the Plan shall
          have an exercise price per share equal to the Fair Market Value as of
          the grant date of the option.  Except as set forth in Section V,
          options granted under the Plan become fully exercisable six months
          after their grant date and, subject to paragraphs C and D below, shall
          remain exercisable until the tenth anniversary of their grant date.   

     B.   PAYMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE.  The exercise price of any stock option
          awarded under the Plan shall be payable  entirely in cash or entirely
          in Common Stock, valued at Fair Market Value on the date the option is
          exercised, in accordance with procedures determined by the Plan
          Administrator.  If the option exercise price is paid using Common
          Stock, it (i) must have been owned by the optionee for at least six
          months prior to the date of exercise or purchased by the optionee in
          the open market; and (ii) must not have been used in a stock swap
          transaction within the preceding six months.  Regardless of how the
          option exercise price is paid, any withholding taxes arising out of
          the option exercise may be paid in cash or in Common Stock.  To the
          extent that no  violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange
          Act of 1934 or any other law would result, the payment of the exercise
          price of options granted hereunder may also be made by delivering a
          properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable
          instructions to a broker, or some other communication acceptable to
          the Company, requiring the delivery to the Company of sale or loan
          proceeds sufficient to pay the option exercise price, together with
          any related withholding taxes if no other payment for such taxes
          satisfactory to the Company has been arranged; provided that such
          exercise shall be conditioned upon, and no shares shall be issued
          pursuant to such exercise until, receipt of such amount by the
          Company.

     C.   TERMINATION OF OPTIONS DUE TO DEATH.  If a Non-Employee Director dies,
          all outstanding options previously granted to him or her under this
          Plan shall become immediately exercisable and remain exercisable for a
          period of one year.  

     D.   TERMINATION OF OPTIONS FOR REASONS OTHER THAN DEATH.  In the event a
          Non-Employee Director leaves the Board of Directors of the Company for
          any reason other than his or her death or for cause, all options
          granted to him or her under this Plan shall remain outstanding and
          exercisable in accordance with their original terms. In the event that
          a Non-Employee Director shall leave the Board for cause, in which case
          all outstanding options granted to such Non-Employee Director under
          this Plan shall immediately terminate and be cancelled as of the date
          he or she ceases to be a director.    


                                          2
<PAGE>

V.   RELOAD AWARD

If while serving on the Board of Directors of the Company, a Non-Employee
Director exercises an option granted under Section III of the Plan (an "Original
Option") and pays the option exercise price using Common Stock in accordance
with paragraph B of Section IV, the Non-Employee Director shall automatically be
granted a "reload" stock option on the date of such exercise.  The reload stock
option grant shall equal the number of whole shares of Common Stock used in the
swap exercise to pay the option exercise price.  Subject to the provisions of
paragraphs B, C and D of Section IV, the reload stock option may be exercised
between the date of grant and the date of expiration of the Original Option.  No
reload stock option is granted if the Original Option is exercised after a
Non-Employee Director leaves the Board of Directors of the Company for any
reason.

VI.  TRANSFERABILITY; ASSIGNABILITY


No option granted hereunder shall be transferred or assigned other than by will,
the laws of descent and distribution or by the designation of a beneficiary in
accordance with this Section.  During the lifetime of an optionee, options
granted hereunder may be exercised only by the optionee.  The optionee may, by
completing and signing a written beneficiary designation form which is delivered
to and accepted by the Company, designate a beneficiary to exercise and receive
any outstanding options upon the optionee's death.  If at the time of the
optionee's death there is not a fully effective beneficiary designation form on
file, or if the designated beneficiary does not survive the optionee, the legal
representative of the optionee's estate shall have the right to exercise the
option.  No option granted under this Plan shall be assignable or transferable
except as provided in this Section.   

VII. SHARES AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS

Subject to Section VIII, options for no more than 600,000 shares of Common Stock
may be awarded under the Plan; provided, however, that shares subject to options
granted hereunder that are cancelled or expire without being fully exercised and
shares used to pay the exercise price for options granted hereunder may again be
made subject to options granted under this Plan with no effect on the foregoing
limit.  Shares made subject to options hereunder may consist, in whole or in
part, of authorized but unissued Common Stock or treasury Common Stock not
reserved for any other purpose.

VIII. ADJUSTMENTS FOR CERTAIN CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

In the event any change is made to the Common Stock subject to the Plan or
subject to any outstanding option granted under the Plan (whether by reason of
merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock
split, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure
or otherwise), then appropriate adjustments shall be made to the maximum number
of shares that may be granted under the Plan or subject to options granted under
the Plan as well as the number of shares and price per share of Common Stock
subject to options then outstanding under the Plan. The grant of options under
the Plan shall not affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify,
reorganize or otherwise change its capital or 


                                          3
<PAGE>

business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or
transfer all or any part of its business or assets.  Any fractional shares
resulting from adjustments will be rounded to the nearest whole share.

IX.  PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

The Plan Administrator's responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the
following:

     -    To adopt rules for administration of the Plan.
     -    To interpret and implement the provisions of the Plan.
     -    To resolve all questions regarding the administration, interpretation
          and application of the Plan.
     -    To have all other powers as may be necessary to discharge
          responsibilities under the Plan.

The Plan Administrator's determinations will be conclusive and binding on all
participants in the Plan.

X.   TERM AND TERMINATION

The Plan is effective as of January 1, 1999.  The Plan will continue
indefinitely, as it may be amended or modified from time to time, until
terminated.

XI.  TAX TREATMENT 

All options granted under the Plan shall be non-qualified stock options not
entitled to preferential tax treatment under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.

XII. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION

The Plan may be amended, modified, suspended or terminated by action of the
Board of Directors or the Board Affairs Committee, or any successor committee,
of its Board of Directors; provided, however, that if at the time of any such
proposed amendment, modification or termination, any member of such committee
does not satisfy the requirements applicable to committee approval contained in
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated under Section
16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and applicable interpretations
thereof, any such amendment, modification or termination must be approved by the
Board of Directors of the Company.  The Plan shall terminate automatically when
all shares reserved for issuance hereunder have been issued or made subject to
options granted hereunder.  No termination, suspension or modification of the
Plan will adversely affect any right in any option outstanding hereunder to the
extent the same has not been exercised unless otherwise agreed to by the
optionee.  It will be conclusively presumed that any adjustment for changes in
capitalization provided for in Section VIII does not adversely affect any such
right.

                                          4
<PAGE>

XIII. NO GUARANTEE OF SERVICE

Participation in this Plan does not constitute a guarantee or contract of
service as a Non-Employee Director.

XIV. GOVERNING LAW

The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware. 


                                          5
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.(U)
<SEQUENCE>7
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10(U)
<TEXT>

<PAGE>

                             WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
                        1999 DEFERRAL PLAN FOR DIRECTORS



I.    PURPOSE

The purpose of the Wells Fargo & Company 1999 Deferral Plan for Directors is 
to provide an opportunity to non-employee members of the Board of Directors 
of the Company to defer receipt of all or a portion of their compensation 
received in consideration for personal services rendered in their capacity as 
directors of the Company.  This Plan is effective as of January 1, 1999 and 
is applicable to compensation earned after that date.


II.   DEFINITIONS

When used in this Plan, the following capitalized terms shall have the 
meanings indicated below:

<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>
BOARD                         The Board of Directors of the Company.

CASH COMPENSATION             The annual retainer fees and Board meeting fees.

COMMON STOCK                  Common Stock of the Company, $1-2/3 par value.

COMPANY                       Wells Fargo & Company.

DEFERRAL ELECTION             An irrevocable election to defer receipt of all or
                              a part of Eligible Compensation.

ELIGIBLE COMPENSATION         Eligible compensation includes Cash Compensation,
                              Formula Stock Awards, Stock Option Gains,
                              Retirement Conversion Amounts or any other
                              compensation deemed eligible by the Board.

FAIR MARKET VALUE             The closing price per share of the Common Stock
                              reported on the consolidated tape of the New York
                              Stock Exchange as of the trading day immediately
                              preceding the transaction and/or grant date.

FORMULA STOCK AWARD           Any Award made pursuant to the Wells Fargo &
                              Company Directors Formula Stock Award Plan.


INTEREST                      The average annual rate for 3-Year Treasury Notes
                              for the immediately preceding calendar year plus
                              2%.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR         Any member of the Board who is not an employee of
                              the Company or of a subsidiary of the Company. 

                                       1
<PAGE>

PARTICIPANT                   Any Non-Employee Director who elects to defer
                              Eligible Compensation under the Plan.

DEFERRAL YEAR                 January 1 through December 31 of the year in which
                              Eligible Compensation is earned.

PLAN                          Wells Fargo & Company 1999 Deferral Plan for
                              Directors.

PLAN ADMINISTRATOR            The Director of Human Resources of the Company.

RETIREMENT CONVERSION         A dollar amount equal to the accrued benefits
AMOUNT                        under the former Wells Fargo & Company Directors'
                              Retirement Plan or the Norwest Corporation
                              Retirement Plan for Non-Employee Directors,
                              calculated as if the Director's service on the
                              Board had ended as of November 2, 1998.

STOCK OPTION GAIN             The difference between the stock option exercise
                              price and the Fair Market Value of the Common
                              Stock on the exercise date when the option is
                              exercised using the stock swap method.
</TABLE>


III.  ELIGIBILITY

Any non-employee members of the Board of Directors of the Company are 
eligible to participate in the Plan.

An eligible Non-Employee Director becomes a Participant in the Plan by filing 
a Deferral Election to 1) defer receipt of all or a part of Eligible 
Compensation, 2) designate the year in which distributions will commence, and 
3) designate the form of distribution (which may be made in either a lump sum 
or in up to 10 annual installments).  A Deferral Election, once made, will be 
irrevocable and will apply to the Deferral Year for which it was made. An 
eligible Non-Employee Director who becomes a Participant continues as a 
Participant until the date of the last distribution provided in Section VII.


IV.   COMPENSATION ELIGIBLE FOR DEFERRAL

Forms of compensation eligible for irrevocable deferral include the 
following: 

     A.   CASH COMPENSATION.  Directors may elect to defer receipt of all or a
          portion of their Cash Compensation into either cash or stock deferral
          accounts.

     B.   FORMULA STOCK AWARDS.  Directors may elect to defer all or a portion
          of Formula Stock Awards into deferred stock accounts.

     C.   STOCK OPTION GAINS.  Directors may elect to defer receipt of Stock
          Option Gains realized by exercising stock options using the stock swap
          method.  Stock option gain deferrals will be credited to the deferred
          stock accounts.  

                                       2
<PAGE>

          Gains realized from any other method of exercising stock options are 
          not eligible for deferral.

     D.   RETIREMENT CONVERSION AMOUNT.  Directors may elect to defer the entire
          Retirement Conversion Amount into a deferred stock account.  

     E.   OTHER.  Directors may elect to defer any other compensation deemed to
          be Eligible Compensation by the Board.


V.    DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

     A.   CASH COMPENSATION AND FORMULA STOCK AWARD DEFERRAL ELECTIONS. 
          Deferral Elections must be filed with the Company prior to the
          beginning of the year in which Eligible Compensation is earned.  New
          Directors must make Deferral Elections within thirty days of being
          notified of eligibility to participate in the Plan in order to defer
          Eligible Compensation earned in the year they are deemed eligible.  
          New Deferral Elections must be filed for each Deferral Year. 
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Deferral Election for Cash
          Compensation in 1999 or for a Formula Stock Award to be issued in the
          year 2000 may be filed with the Company no later than March 31, 1999.

     B.   STOCK OPTION GAINS DEFERRAL ELECTION.  Deferral Elections may be filed
          with the Company at any time following the stock option grant date and
          at least one year before the stock options are exercised.  A new
          Deferral Election must be filed for each stock option grant.  The
          Deferral Election applies to all gains associated with a specific
          grant even if options are exercised on different dates. 

     C.   RETIREMENT CONVERSION AWARD.  A Deferral Election must be filed no
          later than June 30, 1999.

     D.   DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.  A Participant may, from time to time,
          designate and/or revoke his or her beneficiary designation and file a
          new beneficiary designation with the Company.  The Designation of
          Beneficiary will apply to all of the Participant's Deferred Account
          balances.


VI.  DEFERRED ACCOUNTS

     A.   DEFERRED CASH ACCOUNT.  Any Cash Compensation deferred into the
          Deferred Cash Account will be credited to the account on the date the
          Cash Compensation would have otherwise been paid.  

     B.   DEFERRED STOCK ACCOUNT.  Any Cash Compensation, Formula Stock awards,
          Stock Option Gains, or Retirement Conversion Amounts that are deferred
          into the Deferred Stock Account will receive a credit to the Deferred
          Stock Account on the date the Cash Compensation, Formula Stock Award,
          Retirement Conversion Amount, or Stock Option Gain would have
          otherwise been paid or realized.  Cash amounts will be converted into
          shares of Common Stock in the Deferred Stock Account based on 

                                       3
<PAGE>

          the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the day prior to the 
          date the compensation would have otherwise been paid or realized.

     C.   INTEREST.  Deferred Cash Accounts will earn Interest.  Interest will
          be compounded annually and will be credited on the last day of each
          calendar quarter until all funds in the Deferred Cash Account have
          been distributed in accordance with Section VII.A.

     D.   DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS.  Deferred Stock Accounts will receive dividend
          credits each time dividends are paid on the Common Stock.

The Deferred Accounts of each Participant will be divided into a series of 
sub-accounts, one for each type of Eligible Compensation and one for each 
year Eligible Compensation is deferred.  Each Stock Option Gain which is 
deferred will be accounted for in a separate sub-account.  All Common Stock 
share calculations will be rounded to the third decimal place.  Each 
Participant will, at all times, have a fully vested and non-forfeitable right 
to all amounts properly credited to his or her Deferred Accounts.

VII.  DISTRIBUTION OF DEFERRED ACCOUNTS

     A.   DISTRIBUTION FROM THE DEFERRED CASH ACCOUNT.  A Participant's deferred
          cash sub-accounts will be distributed in cash.  Distributions will be
          made in a lump sum or in up to 10 annual installments, as specified in
          Participant's Deferral Election, as of: 1) March 1 of the first
          calendar year following termination of a Participant's service as a
          Non-Employee Director, or 2) March 1 of any other year elected by the
          Participant which begins at least 12 months following the year in
          which the deferred compensation would otherwise have been received, or
          3) July 1 of the calendar year in which a Participant's service as a
          Non-Employee Director terminates if such termination occurs on or
          before June 30; provided, however, that if July 1 installments are
          elected, subsequent annual installments shall be payable as of March 1
          of each year thereafter. The amount of each installment distribution
          will be equal to the total amount of the account divided by the number
          of installments remaining to be made, including the current
          installment. 

     B.   DISTRIBUTION FROM THE DEFERRED STOCK ACCOUNT.  A Participant's
          deferred stock sub-accounts will be distributed in whole shares of
          Common Stock.  Distributions will be made in a lump sum or in up to 10
          annual installments, as specified in Participant's Deferral Election,
          as of: 1) March 1 of the first calendar year following termination of
          a Participant's service as a Non-Employee Director, or 2) March 1 of
          any other year elected by the Participant which begins at least 12
          months following the year in which the deferred compensation would
          otherwise have been received, or 3) July 1 of the calendar year in
          which a Participant's service as a Non-Employee Director terminates if
          such termination occurs on or before June 30; provided, however, that
          if July 1 installments are elected, subsequent annual installments
          shall be payable as of March 1 of each year thereafter. The amount of
          each installment distribution will be equal to the total amount of the
          account divided by the number of installments remaining to be made,
          including the current installment, rounded up to the nearest whole
          share and the whole number of shares so distributed shall be 

                                       4
<PAGE>

          deducted from the total amount of the account.  The final 
          distribution will be rounded up to the nearest whole share.

     C.   DISTRIBUTION FROM THE DEFERRED CASH ACCOUNT.  A Participant's deferred
          cash sub-accounts will be distributed in cash.  Distributions will be
          made in a lump sum or in up to 10 annual installments commencing, as
          specified in Participant's Deferral Election, on either: 1) March 1 of
          the first calendar year following termination of a Participant's
          service as a Non-Employee Director, or 2) on March 1 of any other year
          elected by the Participant which begins at least 12 months following
          the year in which the deferred compensation would otherwise have been
          received.  If March 1 is not a business day, distribution will
          commence on the next succeeding business day.  The amount of each
          installment distribution will be equal to the total amount of the
          account divided by the number of installments remaining to be made,
          including the current installment. 

     D.   DISTRIBUTION FROM THE DEFERRED STOCK ACCOUNT.  A Participant's
          deferred stock sub-accounts will be distributed in whole shares of
          Common Stock.  Distributions will be made in a lump sum or in up to 10
          annual installments, as specified in Participant's Deferral Election,
          commencing on either: 1) March 1 of the first calendar year following
          termination of a Participant's service as a Non-Employee Director or
          2) on March 1 of any other year elected by the Participant which
          begins at least 12 months following the year in which the deferred
          compensation would otherwise have been received.  If March 1 is not a
          business day, distribution will commence on the next succeeding
          business day.  Cash in lieu of fractional shares will be determined
          based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the January 31
          immediately preceding the date of distribution.  The amount of each
          installment distribution will be equal to the total amount of the
          account divided by the number of installments remaining to be made,
          including the current installment, rounded down to the nearest whole
          share.  The final distribution will be in whole shares together with
          cash in lieu of a fractional share.

     E.   IN THE EVENT OF DEATH.  If a Participant dies before receiving all
          distributions to which he or she is entitled under the Plan, all
          remaining distributions will be made in one lump sum. Such
          distribution will be made in accordance with the Participant's
          Designation of Beneficiary form.  In the absence of a valid
          designation, or if the designated beneficiary does not survive the
          Participant, the distribution will be made to the Participant's
          estate.  If any beneficiary dies after becoming entitled to receive
          Plan distributions, the remaining distribution will be made to the
          beneficiary's estate.


VIII. PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

The Plan Administrator is the Company's Director of Human Resources.  The 
Plan Administrator's responsibilities include, but are not limited to, the 
following:

          -  To adopt rules for administration of the Plan.
          -  To interpret and implement the provisions of the Plan. 
          -  To resolve all questions regarding the administration,
             interpretation and application of the Plan.

                                       5
<PAGE>

          -  To have all other powers as may be necessary to discharge
             responsibilities under the Plan.

The Plan Administrator's determinations will be conclusive and binding on all
Participants.


IX.   TRUST FUND

Shares of Common Stock credited to Deferred Stock Account under this Plan may,
in the sole discretion of the Company, be held and administered in trust ("Trust
Fund") in accordance with the terms of this Plan.  The Trust Fund will be held
under a trust agreement between the Company and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A., as
Trustee, or any duly appointed successor trustee.  All Common Stock in the Trust
Fund will be held on a commingled basis and will be subject to the claims of
general creditors of the Company.  The Trustee, in its discretion, will vote
shares of Common Stock held in any Trust Fund under this Plan.


X.    UNSECURED OBLIGATION

All amounts deferred pursuant to this Plan and credited to a Deferred Account
will be unsecured obligations of the Company.  Each Participant's right will be
as an unsecured general creditor of the Company.  


XI.   AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION

The Plan may be amended, modified, suspended or terminated by action of the 
Board or the Board Affairs Committee, or any successor committee, of the 
Board; provided however, that if at the time of any such proposed amendment, 
modification, suspension or termination, any member of such committee does 
not satisfy the requirements applicable to committee approval contained in 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated under 
Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and applicable 
interpretations thereof, any such amendment, modification, suspension or 
termination must be approved by the Board.  No termination, suspension or 
modification of the Plan will adversely affect any benefits to which a 
Participant would have been entitled under the Plan if termination of the 
Participant's service as a Non-Employee Director had occurred on the day 
prior to the date such action was taken, unless agreed to by the Participant. 


XII.  NO GUARANTEE OF SERVICE

Participation in this Plan does not constitute a guarantee or contract of 
service as a Non-Employee Director of the Company.


XIII. NON-ASSIGNABILITY

No right to receive distributions under this Plan will be assignable or
transferable by a Participant except:

                                       6
<PAGE>

- -  By will or the laws of descent and distribution.
- -  Pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Internal
   Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income
   Security Act, or rules thereunder.

The designation of a beneficiary by a Participant as provided in Section V.D.
does not constitute a transfer.


XIV.  CHANGE OF CONTROL

At the time of a Deferral Election, a Participant may also elect to have all 
amounts deferred pursuant to this Plan become payable immediately if (i) a 
third person, including a "group" as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or 
indirectly, of 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's 
outstanding voting securities ordinarily having the right to vote for the 
election of the directors of the Company, or (ii) individuals who constitute 
the Board of the Company as of January 1, 1999 (Incumbent Board) cease for 
any reason to constitute at least two-thirds thereof, provided that any 
person becoming a director subsequent to said date whose election, or 
nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote 
of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board 
shall be, for purposes of this clause (ii), considered as though such person 
were a member of the Incumbent Board.  The value of a Participant's Deferred 
Stock Account, Deferred Formula Stock Award Account and Deferred Stock Option 
Gain Account for purposes of a distribution under this Section XV shall be 
the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock for a day selected by the Plan 
Administrator which occurs not more than seven days prior to the date payment 
is made to the Participant pursuant to this Section XV.


XV.   GOVERNING LAW

The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall 
be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of 
Delaware.


1999 Deferral Plan for Directors
1/26/99

                                       7
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.(CC)
<SEQUENCE>8
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10(CC)
<TEXT>

<PAGE>

                        LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
                         NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
               WITH RIGHT TO ACQUIRE ACCELERATED OWNERSHIP STOCK OPTION
                          GRANT DATE: _____________________

EMPLOYEE'S NAME:  PAUL M. HAZEN

1.     GRANT OF OPTION - GRANT#______  The Corporation has granted the 
Employee a Non-Qualified Stock Option ("Option") to purchase _______ Shares 
of the Corporation's common stock ("Stock").

2.     OPTION PURCHASE PRICE.  The Option purchase price is $_______ per 
Share.

3.     TERM AND EXERCISE OF OPTION.  The Option will become exercisable in
increments over a period of three years [three equal installments vesting on the
first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant] as indicated in the
attached Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Option Agreement.  Each increment
of this grant may be exercised between the vesting date and the expiration date
[ten years from the date of grant]  indicated in the Notice of Grant of Stock
Options and Option Agreement provided you are continuously employed by the
Corporation or an Affiliate ("Wells Fargo").  If your employment with Wells
Fargo is terminated, the Option may be exercised only as described in paragraph
4 below.  While you are alive, the Option may be exercised only by you or your
legal representative. 

To exercise all or part of the Option, deliver a "Notice of Exercise" to the 
Corporation's Stock Option Administrator, Norwest Center, Sixth and 
Marquette, Minneapolis, MN 55479-1037, specifying the number of whole Shares 
you wish to purchase.  You must pay the total Option price for that number of 
Shares on the day that you exercise either (a) in cash or (b) in whole Shares 
of Stock valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise (except that 
cash may be used to buy up to the next whole Share).  If Stock is used to pay 
the purchase price, the Stock used must have been (x) owned by you for at 
least six months prior to the date of exercise or purchased by you in the 
open market and (y) must not have been used in a stock-for-stock swap 
transaction within the preceding six months.

4.     TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.  If your termination of employment is due 
to your "Disability" or is by the Corporation for other than "Cause" or by 
you for "Good Reason," this Option grant will immediately vest and remain 
exercisable until the expiration date indicated in the Notice of Grant of 
Stock Options and Option Agreement or until one year after your date of 
death, whichever occurs first.  If you die while you are employed by Wells 
Fargo, the entire Option is immediately vested and exercisable, and the 
beneficiary as set forth in the Plan may exercise the Option until one year 
after the date of your death or until the Option expires, whichever occurs 
first.  If your termination of employment is by the Corporation for "Cause" 
or by you without "Good Reason," this Option grant will expire on your 
termination date.  Terms in quotation marks in this paragraph are used as 
defined in your Employment Agreement with the Corporation dated as of June 7, 
1998.

5.     WITHHOLDING TAXES.  When you exercise this Option, you agree to pay 
all required withholding taxes to your Wells Fargo employer.  Income taxes 
are computed based on the difference between the Fair Market Value (the 
average of the highest and lowest prices of Wells Fargo common stock) of the 
Shares acquired on the date of exercise and the Option price for those 
Shares.  Taxes may be paid either in cash or, if you elect, by having the 
Corporation withhold from the Shares to be issued a number of shares (valued 
at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) necessary to satisfy the 
taxes.  The Corporation is not obligated to deliver the Shares until 
withholding obligations are met.

6.     AWARD OF ACCELERATED OWNERSHIP NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION ("AO").  If 
you exercise this Option while you are employed by Wells Fargo and pay the 
purchase price in Stock, you are hereby granted an AO at the Fair Market 
Value on the date of such exercise.  The AO grant equals the number of whole 
Shares used in the swap exercise to pay the purchase price plus a number of 
Shares with respect to taxes payable upon exercise, determined in accordance 
with procedures approved by the Committee which take into account estimated 
incremental tax rates.  Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 3 and 4, the 
AO may be exercised between the date of grant and the date of expiration of 
this Option.  The AO shall be evidenced by an agreement containing such other 
terms and conditions as the Committee approves.  No AO is granted if the 
Option is exercised after your Retirement, permanent disability, death or 
other termination of employment.

7.     TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION.  This Option may be transferred only by 
will, the laws of descent and distribution or by your designating a 
beneficiary in accordance with Section 9.1(e) of the Plan.

8.     NO AGREEMENT FOR WELLS FARGO TO CONTINUE YOUR EMPLOYMENT.  Nothing in 
this Agreement gives you any right to continued employment .

9.     GENERAL RESTRICTIONS.  The Corporation may delay the exercise of any 
Option if it determines that (a) the Shares subject to the Option should be 
listed, registered or qualified on any securities exchange or under any law, 
or (b) the consent of a regulatory body is desirable.

10.    ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS AND INTERPRETATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.  
Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement are used as defined in the 
Plan. Interpretations of the Plan and this Agreement by the Committee are 
binding on you and the Corporation.

<PAGE>

                                  WELLS FARGO
                     LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
                        RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT AGREEMENT

This Restricted Stock Agreement (this "Agreement") between Wells Fargo & 
Company, formerly known as Norwest Corporation (the "Corporation"), and Paul 
M. Hazen (the "Participant") is dated as of __________________.

1.     GRANT - GRANT NUMBER:       The Corporation hereby grants Participant
       _______ shares of the Corporation's Restricted Stock (the "Restricted
       Stock Grant") subject to the terms of this Agreement.

2.     TRANSFER RESTRICTION:  Participant may not sell, assign, pledge,
       encumber or otherwise transfer any of the shares of the Restricted Stock
       Grant until the Restriction Lapse described in paragraph 3 below
       ("Transfer Restriction").  Prior to the Restriction Lapse, any stock
       certificates issued to Participant for the Restricted Stock Grant shall
       be in the sole custody of the Corporation.

3.     RESTRICTION LAPSE:  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Transfer
       Restriction on the Restricted Stock Grant shall lapse in twenty percent
       increments (rounded down to the nearest whole share) on each anniversary
       of the date of grant (if not forfeited prior to the date of the
       restriction lapse).

       Provided, however, that if Participant is an Employee immediately prior
       to a reorganization as described in Section 13 of the Plan, the Transfer
       Restriction shall lapse immediately prior to the consummation of the
       reorganization for the entire Restricted Stock Grant.  In addition, if
       Participant is an Employee immediately prior to a change in the Board as
       described in Section 14 of the Plan and thereafter within six months
       after said change in the Board terminates his or her employment with the
       Corporation or an Affiliate for any reason other than death, permanent
       disability or Retirement, the Transfer Restriction shall lapse on said
       termination date for the entire Restricted Stock Grant.

       Upon lapse of the Transfer Restriction, stock certificates issued to
       Participant for said shares shall be delivered to the Participant.

4.     FORFEITURE:  Participant's right to retain the Restricted Stock Grant,
       or any portion thereof, is subject to his/her continuous employment by
       the Corporation or an Affiliate until the Restriction Lapse.  If
       Participant's employment by the Corporation or an Affiliate terminates
       prior to the Restriction Lapse, the Restricted Stock Grant (or the
       relevant portion(s) thereof) shall be treated as follows:  If
       Participant's termination of employment is due to his "Disability" or
       death or is by the Corporation for other than "Cause" or by the
       Participant for "Good Reason," the Transfer Restriction shall lapse and
       this Restricted Stock Grant will immediately vest.  If Participant's
       termination of employment is by the Corporation for "Cause" or by the
       Participant without "Good Reason," any unvested portion of this
       Restricted Stock Grant shall be forfeited and revert to the Corporation
       on the termination date.  Terms in quotation marks in this paragraph are
       used as defined in Participant's Employment Agreement with the
       Corporation dated as of June 7, 1998.

5.     VOTING POWER AND TAXES:  Prior to the earlier of the Restriction Lapse
       or forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Grant, Participant shall have
       voting power with respect to said shares and shall receive dividends
       thereon.  Any dividends or other distributions with respect to the
       Restricted Stock Grant which are payable in Stock shall be subject to
       the same restrictions then applicable to the Restricted Stock Grant and
       shall thereafter be considered Restricted Stock for purposes of this
       Agreement.  If Participant recognizes ordinary income on the Restricted
       Stock Grant or any related payments, it may be necessary to withhold
       income taxes and social security taxes.  Participant agrees to pay the
       Corporation or its Affiliate to satisfy any withholding obligations. 
       Payment may be made by Participant in cash or, at Participant's
       election, the Corporation may withhold from the Shares to be issued the
       number of Shares (based on the Fair Market Value of the Stock as of the
       date of the Restriction Lapse) that would satisfy the withholding taxes
       due (except that any fractional share amount shall be paid by the
       Participant in cash).  The Corporation will not be obligated to deliver
       any stock certificates for said Shares until withholding obligations are
       met.

6.     DEFINITIONS:  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein are used as
       defined in the Corporation's Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, as
       amended (the "Plan").

7.     Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Participant any right to
       continue in the employ of the Corporation or any of its Affiliates.

8.     This Agreement is binding on the parties hereto and their respective
       successors and assigns.  It is governed and construed in accordance with
       the laws of Minnesota.

<PAGE>

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant and the Corporation have executed 
this Agreement as of the date above.


WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
FORMERLY KNOWN AS
NORWEST CORPORATION




By: 
    ----------------------------
Its: Executive Vice President



- ------------------------------------------
Paul Hazen

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.(DD)
<SEQUENCE>9
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10(DD)
<TEXT>

<PAGE>

                                 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     AGREEMENT by and between Wells Fargo & Company, formerly known as Norwest
Corporation, (the"Company") and Rodney L. Jacobs (the "Executive") dated as of
the 1st day of January, 1999.

     On November 2, 1998, Norwest Corporation changed its name to Wells Fargo &
Company upon the merger of the former Wells Fargo & Company into a wholly owned
subsidiary of Norwest Corporation ("the Merger").  Prior to the announcement of
the Merger, the Executive was employed by the former Wells Fargo & Company 
without there being an employment agreement.  The Company desires to assure that
during the periods provided in the Agreement the Executive will provide services
to the Company and will not compete with the Company, in order to maximize the
future success of the Company.  As an inducement to future performance by the
Executive, the Company desires to enter into this Agreement with the Executive
and to provide the consideration described in this Agreement.  The Company has
determined that entering into this Agreement with the Executive is in the best
interests of its shareholders. Therefore, in order to accomplish these
objectives, the Executive and the Company desire to enter into this Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

     1.   EFFECTIVE DATE.  The "Effective Date" shall mean the effective date of
the Merger.

     2.   EMPLOYMENT PERIOD.  The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive,
and the Executive hereby agrees to enter into the employ of the Company subject
to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for the period commencing on the
Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary thereof (the "Employment
Period").

     3.   TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT.
     
          (a)  POSITION AND DUTIES.

               (i)  During the Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as a
               senior executive of the Company, reporting to either the Chief
               Executive Officer or Chairman of the Company, with appropriate
               authority, duties and responsibilities.  The Executive shall
               serve on the Company's Board of Directors during the Employment
               Period.

               (ii) During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of
               vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the
               Executive agrees to devote substantially all of his attention and
               time during normal business hours to the business and affairs of
               the Company and, to the extent necessary to discharge the
               responsibilities assigned to the Executive 

<PAGE>

               hereunder, to use the Executive's reasonable best efforts to
               perform faithfully and efficiently such responsibilities.  During
               the Employment Period it shall not be a violation of this
               Agreement for the Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic or
               charitable boards or committees, (B) deliver lectures, fulfill
               speaking engagements or teach at educational institutions and (C)
               manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not
               significantly interfere with the performance of the Executive's
               responsibilities as an employee of the Company in accordance with
               this Agreement.  It is expressly understood and agreed that to
               the extent that any such activities have been conducted by the
               Executive prior to the Effective Date, the continued conduct of
               such activities (or the conduct of activities similar in nature
               and scope thereto) subsequent to the Effective Date shall not
               thereafter be deemed to interfere with the performance of the
               Executive's responsibilities to the Company.

          (b)  COMPENSATION
     
               (i)  BASE SALARY.  During the Employment Period, the Executive
               shall receive an annual base salary ("Annual Base Salary") as set
               by the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the
               Company.  Any increase in Annual Base Salary shall not serve to
               limit or reduce any other obligation to the Executive under this
               Agreement.  Annual Base Salary shall not be reduced after any
               such increase and the term Annual Base Salary as utilized in this
               Agreement shall refer to Annual Base Salary as so increased.  As
               used in this Agreement, the term "affiliated companies" shall
               include any company controlled by, controlling or under common
               control with the Company.

               (ii)  ANNUAL BONUS.  During the Employment Period, the Executive
               shall receive an annual bonus ("Annual Bonus"), whether payable
               in cash or otherwise, as determined by the Human Resources
               Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

               (iii)  RETIREMENT BENEFITS.  Commencing immediately upon the
               Executive's termination of employment for any reason, the
               Executive shall be paid an annual retirement benefit pursuant to
               the terms of a non-qualified supplemental retirement plan to be
               established (the "Retirement Benefit"), provided, however, that
               such Retirement Benefit shall be at least equal to 25% of the
               Executive's 1997 Compensation (as defined below), less any
               benefit payable pursuant to any qualified defined benefit pension
               plan or other non-qualified defined benefit retirement plan of
               the Company accrued after the Effective Date.  The Executive
               shall be fully vested in the Retirement Benefit as of the
               Effective Date.  For purposes of this Agreement, "1997
               Compensation" means the compensation (within the meaning of
               Section 61(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as


                                          2
<PAGE>

               amended) includable in the Executive's gross income for federal
               income tax purposes with respect to the calendar year 1997.

               (iv)  OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS.  During the Employment
               Period, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the
               Executive shall be entitled to participate in, and shall receive
               awards under, all employee benefit, stock or other incentive,
               welfare and other plans, practices, policies and programs,
               including perquisites (collectively, "Employee Benefit Plan")
               applicable to other comparable executives of the Company in
               accordance with the provisions of said Plans.  For purposes of
               all Employee Benefit Plans, service rendered by the Executive to
               the former Wells Fargo & Company shall be deemed service with the
               Company, provided that service credit shall only be granted to
               the Executive under the Company's qualified defined benefit plans
               to the extent such credit is granted to employees of the former
               Wells Fargo & Company on or after the Effective Date.

     4.   TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.
     
          (a)  DEATH OR DISABILITY.  The Executive's employment shall terminate
          automatically upon the Executive's death during the Employment Period.
          If the Company determines in good faith that the Disability of the
          Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the
          definition of Disability set forth below), it may give to the
          Executive written notice in accordance with Section 11(b) of this
          Agreement of its intention to terminate the Executive's employment. 
          In such event, the Executive's employment with the Company shall
          terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such notice by
          the Executive (the "Disability Effective Date"), provided that, within
          the 30 days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned
          to full-time performance of the Executive's duties.  For purposes of
          this Agreement, "Disability" shall mean the absence of the Executive
          from the Executive's duties with the Company on a full-time basis for
          180 consecutive business days as a result of incapacity due to mental
          or physical illness which is determined to be total and permanent by a
          physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to
          the Executive or the Executive's legal representative.

          (b)  CAUSE.  The Company may terminate the Executive's employment
          during the Employment Period for Cause.  For purposes of this
          Agreement, "Cause" shall mean:

               (i)  the continued failure of the Executive to perform
               substantially the Executive's duties with the Company or one of
               its affiliates (other than any such failure resulting from
               incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written
               demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive
               by the Board or the Chief 


                                          3
<PAGE>

               Executive Officer of the Company which specifically identifies
               the manner in which the Board or Chief Executive Officer believes
               that the Executive has not substantially performed the
               Executive's duties, or

               (ii)  the willful engaging by the Executive in illegal conduct or
               gross misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious
               to the Company, or

               (iii) conviction of a felony or guilty or nolo contendere plea by
               the Executive with respect thereto.

For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of the
Executive, shall be considered "willful" unless it is done, or omitted to be
done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the
Executive's action or omission was in the best interests of the Company.  Any
act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly
adopted by the Board or upon the instructions of the Chief Executive Officer or
a senior officer of the Company or based upon the advice of counsel for the
Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the
Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company.  The cessation
of employment of the Executive shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and
until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution
duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the entire
membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such
purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to the Executive and the Executive
is given an opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board),
finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Executive is guilty of
the conduct described in subparagraph (i) or (ii) above, and specifying the
particulars thereof in detail.

          (c)  GOOD REASON.  The Executive's employment may be terminated by the
          Executive for Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good
          Reason" shall mean in the absence of a written consent of the
          Executive:

               (i)   the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent
               in any respect with the Executive's position (including status,
               offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or
               responsibilities as contemplated by Section 3(a) of this
               Agreement, or any other action by the Company which, in the
               Executive's reasonable judgment, results in a diminution in such
               position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for
               this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action
               not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company
               promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;

               (ii)   any failure by the Company to comply with any of the
               provisions of Section 3(b) of this Agreement, other than an
               isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure not occurring in
               bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after
               receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;


                                          4
<PAGE>

               (iii)  any purported termination by the Company of the
               Executive's employment otherwise than as expressly permitted by
               this Agreement; or 

               (iv)   any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy
               Section 10(c) of this Agreement. 

For purposes of this Section 4(c), any good faith determination of "Good Reason"
made by the Executive shall be conclusive.

          (d)  NOTICE OF TERMINATION.  Any termination by the Company for Cause,
          or by the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by Notice
          of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with
          Section 11(b) of this Agreement.  For purposes of this Agreement, a
          "Notice of Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the
          specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to
          the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and
          circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the
          Executive's employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if
          the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of
          receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date
          shall be not more than thirty days after the giving of such notice). 
          The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice
          of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing
          of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or
          the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the
          Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in
          enforcing the Executive's or the Company's rights hereunder. 

          (e)  DATE OF TERMINATION.  "Date of Termination" means (i) if the
          Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or by
          the Executive for Good Reason, the date of receipt of the Notice of
          Termination or any later date specified therein within 30 days of such
          notice, as the case may be, (ii) if the Executive's employment is
          terminated by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, the Date
          of Termination shall be the date on which the Company notifies the
          Executive of such termination and (iii) if the Executive's employment
          is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of
          Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive or the
          Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.

5.   OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY UPON TERMINATION.  (a)  GOOD REASON; OTHER THAN
     FOR CAUSE, DEATH OR DISABILITY.  If, during the Employment Period, the
     Company shall terminate the Executive's employment other than for Cause or 
     Disability or the Executive shall terminate employment for Good Reason:

               (i) the Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum in cash
               within 30 days after the Date of Termination  the sum of (1) the
               Executive's Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination to
               the extent not yet paid, and (2) the product  of (x) the highest
               annual bonus 


                                          5
<PAGE>

               paid to the Executive for any of the three years prior to the
               Date of Termination (the "Recent Annual Bonus") and (y)a
               fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the
               fiscal year in which the Date of Termination occurs through the
               Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365, to the
               extent not yet paid (referred to herein as "the Accrued
               Obligations);

                (ii)  for the remainder of the Executive's life and the life of
               his spouse, the Company shall continue to provide medical and
               dental benefits to the Executive and his spouse on the same basis
               as such benefits are provided to the Executive immediately prior
               to the Date of Termination (collectively "Medical Benefits");

               (iii)  until the third anniversary of the Effective Date, the
               Executive shall continue to be provided with the benefits
               described in Section 3(b)(iv) and shall be deemed to be an
               employee for purposes of such plans, provided that the Executive
               shall not be entitled to additional awards under any of the
               Company's stock or other incentive plans and shall cease to
               accrue additional benefits under the Company's qualified and
               non-qualified retirement plans; and 

               (iv)  to the extent not yet paid or provided, the Company shall
               timely pay or provide to the Executive any other amounts or
               benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Executive
               is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or
               practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its
               affiliated companies through the Date of Termination (such other
               amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the
               "Other Benefits").

          (b)  DEATH.  If the Executive's employment is terminated by reason of
          the Executive's death during the Employment Period, this Agreement
          shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive's legal
          representatives under this Agreement, other than for payment of
          Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other
          Benefits.  In addition, all Stock Awards shall vest immediately. 
          Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive's estate or
          beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of
          the Date of Termination.  With respect to the provision of Other
          Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 5(b)
          shall include death benefits as in effect on the date of the
          Executive's death with respect to the Peer Executive and his
          beneficiaries and the continued provision of Medical Benefits to the
          Executive's spouse.  

          (c)  DISABILITY.  If the Executive's employment is terminated by
          reason of the Executive's Disability during the Employment Period,
          this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the
          Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the
          timely payment or provision of Other Benefits.  In 


                                          6
<PAGE>

          addition, all Stock Awards shall vest immediately.  Accrued
          Obligations shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum in cash
          within 30 days of the Date of Termination.  With respect to the
          provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in
          this Section 5(c) shall include, and the Executive shall be entitled
          after the Disability Effective Date to receive, disability and other
          benefits as in effect at any time thereafter generally with respect to
          the Peer Executive and the continued provision of Medical Benefits to
          the Executive and his spouse.

          (d)  CAUSE; OTHER THAN FOR GOOD REASON.  If the Executive's employment
          shall be terminated for Cause or the Executive terminates his
          employment without Good Reason during the Employment Period, this
          Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive
          other than the obligation to pay to the Executive (x) his Annual Base
          Salary through the Date of Termination, and (y) Other Benefits, in
          each case to the extent not yet paid.  

     6.   NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Except as specifically provided, nothing
in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive's continuing or future
participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company
or any of its affiliated companies and for which the Executive may qualify, nor,
subject to Section 11(f), shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such
rights as the Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the
Company or any of its affiliated companies.  Amounts which are vested benefits
or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy,
practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company or any of
its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be
payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or
agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

     7.   FULL SETTLEMENT.  The Company's obligation to make the payments
provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations
hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment,
defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the
Executive or others.  In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other
employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable
to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and, such amounts
shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment.  The
Company agrees to pay as incurred, to the full extent permitted by law, all
legal fees and expenses which the Executive may reasonably incur as a result of
any contest (regardless of the outcome thereof) by the Company, the Executive or
others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision
of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result
of any contest by the Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this
Agreement), plus in each case interest on any delayed payment at the applicable
Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

     8.   CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.

          (a)  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and
          except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that
          any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of
          the Executive (whether paid 


                                          7
<PAGE>

          or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of
          this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any
          additional payments required under this Section 8) (a "Payment") would
          be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or
          any interest or penalties are incurred by the executive with respect
          to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest
          and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Excise
          Tax"), then the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional
          payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") in an amount such that after payment by
          the Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties
          imposed with respect to such taxes), icluding, without limitation, any
          income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect
          thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the
          Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the
          Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.  Notwithstanding the foregoing
          provisions of this Section 8(a), if it shall be determined that the
          Executive is entitled to a Gross-Up Payment, but that the Payments do
          not exceed 110% of the greatest amount (the "Reduced Amount") that
          could be paid to the Executive such that the receipt of Payments would
          not give rise to any Excise Tax, then no Gross-Up Payment shall be
          made to the Executive and the Payments, in the aggregate, shall be
          reduced to the Reduced Amount. 

          (b)  Subject to the provisions of Section 8(c), all determinations
          required to be made under this Section 8, including whether and when a
          Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment
          and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination,
          shall be made by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP or such other certified public
          accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Company as may be
          designated by the Executive (the "Accounting Firm") which shall
          provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the
          Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the
          Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is
          requested by the Company.  All fees and expenses of the Accounting
          Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.  Any Gross-Up Payment, as
          determined pursuant to this Section 8, shall be paid by the Company to
          the Executive within five days of the later of (i) the due date for
          the payment of any Excise Tax, and 

               (ii) the receipt of the Accounting Firm's determination.  Any
               determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the
               Company and the Executive.  As a result of the uncertainty in the
               application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the
               initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is
               possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by
               the Company should have been made ("Underpayment"), consistent
               with the calculations required to be made hereunder.  In the
               event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section
               8(c) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment
               of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount
               of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment
               shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of
               the Executive. 


                                          8
<PAGE>

          (c)  The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by
          the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the
          payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment.  Such notification
          shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten business
          days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim and
          shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on
          which such claim is requested to be paid.  The Executive shall not pay
          such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the
          date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter
          period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to
          such claim is due).  If the Company notifies the Executive in writing
          prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such
          claim, the Executive shall:

                 (i)  give the Company any information reasonably requested by
               the Company relating to such claim, 

                (ii)  take such action in connection with contesting such claim
               as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to
               time, including, without limitation, accepting legal
               representation with respect to such claim by an attorney
               reasonably selected by the Company,

               (iii)  cooperate with the Company in good faith in order
               effectively to contest such claim, and 

                (iv)  permit the Company to participate in any proceedings
               relating to such claim; provided, however, that the Company shall
               bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including
               additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with
               such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless,
               on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax
               (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed
               as a result of such representation and payment of costs and
               expenses.  Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this
               Section 8(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in
               connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue
               or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings,
               hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of
               such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the
               Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest
               the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to
               prosecute such contest to a determination before any
               administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and
               in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine;
               provided, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to
               pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance
               the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an interest-free
               basis and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an
               after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including
               interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect
               to such advance or with respect to 


                                          9
<PAGE>

               any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further
               provided that any extension of the statute of limitations
               relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the
               Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed
               to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. 
               Furthermore, the Company's control of the contest shall be
               limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would
               be payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to
               settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by
               the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority. 

          (d)  If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by
          the Company pursuant to Section 8(c), the Executive becomes entitled
          to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall
          (subject to the Company's complying with the requirements of Section
          8(c)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together
          with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable
          thereto).  If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount
          advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(c), a determination is
          made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with
          respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in
          writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the
          expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance
          shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the
          amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount
          of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

     9.   CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION/NONCOMPETITION.

          (a)  The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit
          of the Company all secret or confidential information, knowledge or
          data relating to the Company or any of its affiliated companies, and
          their respective businesses, which shall have been obtained by the
          Executive during the Executive's employment by the Company or any of
          its affiliated companies and which shall not be or become public
          knowledge (other than by acts by the Executive or representatives of
          the Executive in violation of this Agreement).  After termination of
          the Executive's employment with the Company, the Executive shall not,
          without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise
          be required by law or legal process, communicate or divulge any such
          information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and
          those designated by it.  Except as expressly provided in Section 9(c),
          in no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of this
          Section 9 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts
          otherwise payable to the Executive under this Agreement.

          (b)  During the Employment Period and for one year thereafter, the
          Executive will not directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate,
          control or participate in the ownership, management, operation or
          control of, or be connected as an officer, employee, partner, director
          or otherwise with, or have any financial interest in, 


                                          10
<PAGE>

          any business principally engaged in the commercial banking business in
          California which is in material competition with the business
          conducted by the Company.  Ownership for personal investment purposes
          only of less than 5% of the voting stock of any publicly held
          corporation shall not constitute a violation hereof.

          (c)  In the event of a breach or threatened breach of Section 9(a),
          the Executive agrees that the Company shall be entitled to injunctive
          relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction to remedy any such
          breach or threatened breach, the Executive acknowledges that damages
          would be inadequate and insufficient.  In the event of a breach of
          Section 9(b), the Company's obligation to pay the Retirement Benefit
          shall cease while the Executive is in violation of Section 9(b) and
          the Retirement Benefit shall commence again when the Executive is no
          longer engaged in activity prohibited by Section 9(b) but such benefit
          shall thereafter be reduced by 50%.

          (d)  Any termination of the Executive's employment or of this
          Agreement shall have no effect on the continuing operation of this
          Section 9. 

     10.  SUCCESSORS.

          (a)  This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior
          written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the
          Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and
          distribution.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
          enforceable by the Executive's legal representatives.

          (b)  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
          the Company and its successors and assigns.

          (c)  The Company will require any successor (whether direct or
          indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or
          substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to
          assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same
          manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to
          perform it if no such succession had taken place.  As used in this
          Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as defined herein and any
          successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and
          agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

     11.  Miscellaneous.

          (a)  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
          with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to
          principles of conflict of laws.  The captions of this Agreement are
          not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. 
          This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a
          written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective
          successors and legal representatives.


                                          11
<PAGE>

          (b)  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in
          writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by
          registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage
          prepaid, addressed as follows: 


IF TO THE EXECUTIVE:

     Rodney L. Jacobs
     c/o Wells Fargo & Company
     420 Montgomery Street
     San Francisco, CA 94104

IF TO THE COMPANY:

     Norwest Center
     Sixth and Marquette
     Minneapolis, Minnesota  55479

     Attention:  General Counsel 

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance herewith.  Notice and communications shall be effective
when actually received by the addressee.

          (c)  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this
          Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other
          provision of this Agreement.

          (d)  The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this
          Agreement such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be
          required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. 

          (e)  The Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict
          compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to
          assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder,
          including, without limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate
          employment for Good Reason pursuant to Section 4(c)(i)-(iv) of this
          Agreement, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or
          right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

          (f)  Upon and after the Effective Date of this Agreement, the terms of
          this Agreement shall supersede any employment, severance or change of
          control agreement(s) between the parties with respect to the subject
          matter hereof.


                                          12
<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive's hand and,
pursuant to the authorization from its Board of Directors, the Company has
caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the
day and year first above written.


                                     /s/ Rodney L. Jacobs
                             -------------------------------------
                             RODNEY L. JACOBS



                             WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
                             By Richard M. Kovacevich


                                   /s/ Richard M. Kovacevich
                            --------------------------------------


                                          13

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.(EE)
<SEQUENCE>10
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10(EE)
<TEXT>

<PAGE>

                              SEVERANCE AGREEMENT


     THIS AGREEMENT between Norwest Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the 
"Corporation"), and (name) ("Executive"), dated this      day of           , 
19   .

                                  WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS, the Corporation wishes to attract and retain well-qualified 
executive and key personnel and to assure both itself and the Executive of 
continuity of management in the event of any Change of Control (as defined in 
Section 2) of the Corporation;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants 
herein contained, it is hereby agreed by and between the Corporation and the 
Executive as follows:

     1.     OPERATION OF AGREEMENT.  The "Effective Date of this Agreement" 
(or "Effective Date") shall be the date during the Contract Period (as 
defined in Section 3) on which a Change of Control occurs.  Anything in this 
Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Executive's employment with 
the Corporation is terminated or the Executive ceases to be an officer of the 
Corporation prior to the date on which a Change of Control occurs, and it is 
reasonably demonstrated that such termination of employment or cessation of 
status as an officer was at the request of a third party who has taken steps 
reasonably calculated to effect the Change of Control, then for all purposes 
of this Agreement the "Effective Date" shall mean the date immediately prior 
to the date of such termination of employment or cessation of status as an 
officer.

     2.     CHANGE OF CONTROL.  For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of 
Control" shall mean:

            (a)     The acquisition, other than from the Corporation, by any
                    individual, entity or group within the meaning of Section
                    13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
                    as amended (the "Exchange Act") of beneficial ownership
                    (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the
                    Exchange Act) of 20% or more of the then outstanding shares
                    of voting securities ordinarily having the right to vote for
                    the election of directors of 

<PAGE>

                    the Corporation, provided, however, that the following 
                    acquisitions shall not constitute a change of control:  
                    (i) any acquisition by the Corporation of any of its 
                    subsidiaries, or (ii) any acquisition by any employee 
                    benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained 
                    by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; or

            (b)     Individuals who constitute the Board of Directors of the 
                    Corporation as of the date of this Agreement (the 
                    "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at 
                    least a majority of the Board, provided that any person 
                    becoming a director subsequent to the date of this 
                    Agreement whose election, or nomination for election by 
                    the Corporation's stockholders was approved by a vote of 
                    at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the 
                    Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such 
                    individual were a member of the Incumbent Board for 
                    purposes of this clause (b), but excluding, for this 
                    purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of 
                    office is in connection with an actual or threatened 
                    election contest relating to the election of the 
                    directors of the Corporation (as such terms are used in 
                    Rule 14A-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the 
                    Exchange Act).

     3.     CONTRACT PERIOD.  The "Contract Period" is the period commencing 
on the date of this Agreement and ending on the earlier to occur of (i) the 
third anniversary of such date; (ii) the first day of the month coinciding 
with or next following the date on which the Executive qualifies for regular 
retirement under the Corporation's Retirement Plan then in effect; or (iii) 
the Executive's death provided, however, that commencing on the date three 
years after the date of the this Agreement, and on each successive third 
anniversary of such date thereafter (hereinafter referred to as the "Renewal 
Date"), the Contract Period shall be automatically extended so as to 
terminate on the earlier of (w) the day prior to the next Renewal Date, if 
prior to such day the Executive ceases to be an elected officer of the 
Corporation; (x) the first day of the month coinciding with or next following 
the date on which the Executive qualifies for regular retirement under the 
Corporation's Retirement Plan, then in effect; (y) the Executive's death 
(unless the Effective Date occurs prior to the Executive's death); or (z) the 
day prior to the next Renewal Date if at least 60 days prior to such day, the 
Corporation shall give notice to the Executive that the Contract Period shall 
not be 

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

extended, provided, however, that in no event may the Corporation terminate 
this Agreement after the Effective Date.

     4.     CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

            (a)     CAUSE.  The Executive's employment will be terminated for
                    Cause if a majority of the Board of Directors, after the
                    Executive shall have been afforded a reasonable opportunity
                    to appear in person before the Board of Directors and to
                    present such evidence as the Executive deems appropriate,
                    determines that Cause (as defined in this Agreement) exists.
                    For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" means (i) an act or
                    acts of fraud or misappropriation on the Executive's part
                    which result in or are intended to result in his substantial
                    personal enrichment at the expense of the Corporation; or
                    (ii) conviction of a felony.

            (b)     GOOD REASON.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason"
                    means, without the express written consent of the Executive:

                    (i)  the assignment to the Executive of any duties
                    inconsistent in any substantial respect with the Executive's
                    position, authority or responsibilities as in effect during
                    the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date
                    of this Agreement, or any other substantial adverse change
                    in such position (including titles), authority or
                    responsibilities, excluding, for this purpose an isolated,
                    insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith
                    and which is remedied by the Corporation promptly after
                    receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;

                    (ii)  any failure by the Corporation to furnish the
                    Executive with compensation and benefits at a level equal to
                    or exceeding those received by the Executive from the
                    Corporation during the 90-day period preceding the Effective
                    Date of this Agreement, including a failure by the
                    Corporation to maintain its policy of paying retirement
                    benefits which would be payable under the Norwest
                    Corporation Retirement Plan but for limits imposed by the
                    Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
                    ("ERISA"), other than an insubstantial and 

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                    inadvertent failure remedied by the Corporation promptly 
                    after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;

                    (iii)  the Corporation's requiring the Executive to be based
                    or to perform services at any office or location other than
                    at the Corporation's headquarters in Minneapolis, Minnesota,
                    except for travel reasonably required in the performance of
                    the Executive's responsibilities;

                    (iv)  any failure by the Corporation to obtain the
                    assumption and agreement to perform this Agreement by a
                    successor as contemplated by Section 9(b); or

                    (v)  any failure by the Corporation to deposit amounts which
                    may become payable to the Executive with the Trustee as
                    contemplated by Section 8.

                    For the purposes of this Section 4(b), any determination of
                    "Good Reason" made by the Executive shall be conclusive.

            (c)     NOTICE OF TERMINATION.  Any termination of Executive's
            employment after the Effective Date by the Corporation for Cause or
            by the Executive for Good Reason or otherwise shall be communicated
            by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in
            accordance with Section 10(b).  For purposes of this Agreement, a
            "Notice of Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates
            the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon,
            (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
            claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive's
            employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the
            termination date is other than the date of receipt of such notice,
            specifies the termination date (which date shall be not more than
            15 days after the giving of such notice).  The failure by the
            Executive or the Corporation to set forth in the Notice of
            Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing
            of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive
            or the Corporation hereunder or preclude the Executive or the
            Corporation from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing
            the Executive's or the Corporation's right hereunder.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

            (d)     DATE OF TERMINATION.  Date of Termination means the date of
            receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified
            therein, as the case may be, or if the Executive's employment is
            terminated by reason of death, the date of the Executive's death.

     5.     OBLIGATIONS OF THE CORPORATION UPON TERMINATION.  

            (a)     GOOD REASON AND OTHER THAN FOR CAUSE OR DISABILITY.  Subject
            to Sections 5(c) and 5(d), if:

                    (i)  within three years after the Effective Date of this
                    Agreement, the Corporation shall terminate the Executive's
                    employment for any reason other than for Cause or
                    Disability; or

                    (ii)  within three years after the Effective Date of this
                    Agreement, the Executive shall terminate his employment for
                    Good Reason:

                          (I) the Corporation shall pay to the Executive in
                          a lump sum in cash within 30 days after the Date of
                          Termination, the aggregate of the amounts determined
                          pursuant to the following clauses (A) through (C)
                          inclusive;

                          (A) if not theretofore paid, the Executive's base
                          salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in
                          effect at the time the Notice of Termination was
                          given; and

                          (B) in lieu of any further payments to the
                          Executive for periods subsequent to the Date of
                          Termination, a lump sum payment ("Severance Payment")
                          in an amount equal to two times the sum of (x) the
                          Executive's annual base salary at the highest rate in
                          effect between the Effective Date of this Agreement
                          and the time the Notice of Termination was given, (y)
                          an amount equal to the annualized value of the
                          perquisites provided to the Executive as in effect at
                          the beginning of the year during which a Change of
                          Control occurs and (z) 

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                          an amount equal to the highest bonus that would be 
                          payable to the Executive for the year during which 
                          a Change in Control occurs if all criteria 
                          necessary for payment had been satisfied (highest 
                          bonus shall be determined solely by reference to 
                          the maximum amount that would be payable to the 
                          Executive if he were a participant in the EICP), 
                          provided, however, that in no event shall the 
                          Executive be entitled to receive under this clause 
                          (B) more than the product obtained by multiplying 
                          the amount determined as hereinabove provided in 
                          this clause (B) by a fraction whose numerator shall 
                          be the number of months (including fractions of a 
                          month) which at the Date of Termination remain 
                          until the first day of the month coinciding with or 
                          next following the date on which the Executive 
                          qualifies for regular retirement under the 
                          Corporation's Retirement Plan then in effect and 
                          whose denominator shall equal thirty-six (36); and

                          (C) until the earlier to occur of (i) the date
                          three years following the Date of Termination, or
                          (ii) the first day of the first month coinciding with
                          or next following the date on which the Executive
                          qualifies for regular retirement under the
                          Corporation's Retirement Plan, then in effect (the
                          period of time from the Date of Termination until the
                          earlier of (i) or (ii) is hereinafter referred to as
                          the "Unexpired Period"), the Corporation shall
                          continue to provide all benefits which the Executive
                          and/or his spouse is or would have been entitled to
                          receive under all medical, dental and group life
                          insurance plans and programs of the Corporation, in
                          each case on a basis providing the Executive or his
                          spouse with the opportunity to receive benefits at
                          least equal to the greatest benefits provided by the
                          Corporation for the Executive and/or his spouse under
                          such plans and programs if and as 

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

                          in effect at any time during the 90-day period 
                          immediately preceding the Effective Date.

            (b)     CAUSE OR DISABILITY.  If the Corporation shall terminate 
            the Executive's employment for Cause or at a time the Executive 
            is entitled to receive benefits under the Norwest Corporation 
            Long-Term Salary Continuation Plan or any plan adopted as a 
            substitute or replacement therefor, the Corporation shall pay to 
            the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 20 days after the Date 
            of Termination all unpaid compensation earned through the Date of 
            Termination.

            (c)     DEATH.  If the Executive dies before the Effective Date of
            this Agreement (as defined in paragraph 1 herein), the Corporation
            shall have no obligation to make any payments under this Agreement. 
            If the Executive dies after the Effective Date of this Agreement,
            the Corporation shall make all payments due under Section 5(a) to
            the designated beneficiary of the Executive, or in the event no
            beneficiary is named or living, to the Executive's estate.

            (d)     CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS BY THE CORPORATION.  

                    (i)  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary
                    notwithstanding, if it shall be determined that any payment
                    or distribution by the Corporation to or for the benefit of
                    the Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or
                    distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or
                    otherwise (a "Payment") would impose an excise tax liability
                    on the Executive pursuant to Sections 1 and 4999 of the Code
                    and its regulations, or any interest or penalties are
                    incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax
                    (such excise tax, together with any such interest and
                    penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the
                    "Excise Tax"), then the Executive shall be entitled to
                    receive an additional payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") in an
                    amount such that after payment by the Executive of all taxes
                    (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to
                    such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes
                    and Excise Tax imposed upon the 

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                    Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the 
                    Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the 
                    Payments.

                    (ii)  Subject to the provisions of Section 5(d)(iii),
                    determinations to be required under this Section 5(d),
                    including whether a Gross-Up Payments is required and the
                    amount of such Gross-Up Payment, shall be made by Arthur
                    Andersen & Co. or another big eight accounting firm selected
                    by the Executive within 5 days after the Date of Termination
                    ("Accounting Firm") which shall provide detailed supporting
                    calculations both to the Corporation and to the Executive
                    within fifteen (15) business days of the Date of
                    Termination, if applicable, or such earlier time as is
                    requested by the Corporation.  All fees and expenses of the
                    Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Corporation. 
                    The initial Gross-Up Payment, if any, as determined pursuant
                    to this Section 5(d)(ii), shall be paid to the Executive
                    within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm's
                    determination.  

                    If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is
                    payable by the Executive, it shall furnish the Executive
                    with an opinion that failure to report the Excise Tax on the
                    Executive's applicable federal income tax return would not
                    result in the imposition of a negligence or similar penalty.
                    Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding
                    upon the Corporation and the Executive.  As a result of the
                    uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code
                    at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting
                    Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which
                    will not have been made by the Corporation should have been
                    made ("Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations
                    required to be made hereunder.  In the event that the
                    Corporation exhausts its remedies pursuant to 5(d)(iii) and
                    the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of
                    any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the
                    amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such
                    Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Corporation to or
                    for the benefit of the Executive.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

                    (iii)  The Executive shall notify the Corporation in writing
                    of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if
                    successful, would require the payment by the Corporation of
                    the Gross-Up Payment or Underpayment.  Such notification
                    shall be given as soon as practicable but no later then ten
                    (10) business days after the Executive knows of such claim
                    and shall apprise the Corporation of the nature of such
                    claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be
                    paid.  The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the
                    expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which
                    it gives such notice to the Corporation (or such shorter
                    period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with
                    respect to such claim is due).  If the Corporation notifies
                    the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such
                    period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive
                    shall:

                    (aa)  give the Corporation any information reasonably
                    requested by the Corporation relating to such claim,

                    (bb)  take such action in connection with contesting such
                    claim as the Corporation shall reasonably request in writing
                    from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting
                    legal representation with respect to such claim by an
                    attorney reasonably selected by the Corporation,

                    (cc)  cooperate with the Corporation in good faith in order
                    effectively to contest such claim,

                    (dd)  permit the Corporation to participate in any
                    proceedings relating to such claim; provided, however, that
                    the Corporation shall bear and pay directly all costs and
                    expenses (including additional interest and penalties)
                    incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify
                    and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis for
                    all such costs, expenses and any Excise Tax or income tax,
                    including interest and penalties with respect thereto,
                    imposed as a result of such representation.  Without
                    limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section, the
                    Corporation shall control all proceedings taken in
                    connection with 

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

                    such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo 
                    any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings 
                    and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of 
                    such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the 
                    Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or 
                    contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the 
                    Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a 
                    determination before any administrative tribunal, in a 
                    court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more 
                    appellate courts, as the Corporation shall determine; 
                    provided, however, that if the Corporation directs the 
                    Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the 
                    Corporation shall advance the amount of such payment to 
                    the Executive, on an interest-free basis and shall 
                    indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an 
                    after-tax basis, from any costs, expenses, Excise Tax or 
                    income tax, including interest or penalties with respect 
                    thereto, imposed with respect to such advance or with 
                    respect to any imputed income with respect to such 
                    advance; and further provided that any extension of the 
                    statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for 
                    the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which 
                    such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited 
                    solely to such contested amount.  Furthermore, the 
                    Corporation's control of the contest shall be limited to 
                    issues with respect to which  a Gross-Up Payment would be 
                    payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to 
                    settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue 
                    raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other 
                    taxing authority.

                    (iv)  If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount
                    advanced by the Corporation pursuant to Section 5(d)(iii),
                    the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with
                    respect to such claim, the Executive shall promptly pay to
                    the Corporation the amount of such refund (together with any
                    interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable
                    thereto).  If, after the receipt by the Executive of an
                    amount advanced by the Corporation pursuant to Section
                    5(d)(iii), 

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

                    a determination is made that the Executive shall not be 
                    entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the 
                    Corporation does not notify the Executive in writing of 
                    its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the 
                    expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such 
                    advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be 
                    repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to 
                    the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment 
                    required to be paid.

     6.     NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Except as set forth in Section 5(d),
nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive's continuing or
future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan, policy,
program, or practice provided by the Corporation or any of its affiliated
companies and for which the Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein
limit or otherwise affect such rights as the Executive may have under any
employment, stock option or other agreements with the Corporation or any of its
affiliated companies.  Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive
is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan or program of the Corporation or
any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination
shall be payable in accordance with such plan or program, except as specifically
modified hereunder.

     7.     FULL SETTLEMENT.  The Corporation's obligation to make the payments
provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations
hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which
the Corporation may have against the Executive or others or by any amounts
received by Executive from others.  In no event shall the Executive be obligated
to seek other employment by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the
Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement.  The Corporation agrees
to pay, to the full extent permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses which
the Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest (regardless of the
outcome thereof) by the Corporation or others of the validity or enforceability
of, or liability under any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of
performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by the Executive about
the amount of any payment pursuant to Section 5(d) of this Agreement), plus
interest in each case at the applicable federal rate provided for in Section
7872(f)(2) of the Code.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

     8.     TRUSTEE.  Immediately upon execution of this Agreement, the
Corporation shall use its best efforts to establish a trust with an
institutional trustee selected by the Corporation (the "Trustee") for the
purpose of distributing payments pursuant to this Agreement.  Upon written
demand by the Executive given at any time after a Change of Control occurs, the
Corporation shall deposit with the Trustee designated by the Corporation prior
to the Effective Date of this Agreement, or by the Executive in such written
demand if the Corporation has not designated the Trustee, amounts which may
become payable to the Executive pursuant to Section 5 with irrevocable
instructions to pay amounts to the Executive when due in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement.  All charges of the Trustee shall be paid by the
Corporation.  The Trustee shall be entitled to rely conclusively on the
Executive's or the Accounting Firm's written statement as to the fact that
payments are due under this Agreement and the amount of such payments.  If the
Trustee is not notified that payments are due under this Agreement within three
years and 20 days after receipt of a deposit hereunder, all amounts deposited
with the Trustee and earnings with respect thereto shall be delivered to the
Corporation on demand.


     9.     SUCCESSORS.

            (a)     This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the
            prior written consent of the Corporation shall not be assignable by
            the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and
            distribution.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
            enforceable by the Executive's designated beneficiary or, if none,
            estate.

            (b)     This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
            upon the Corporation and its successors.  The Corporation shall
            require any successor to all or substantially all of the business
            and/or assets of the Corporation, whether directly or indirectly,
            by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or
            otherwise, by an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to
            the Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this
            Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the
            Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had
            taken place.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

10.  MISCELLANEOUS.

            (a)     This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
            accordance with the laws of the state of Minnesota, without
            reference to principles of conflict of laws.  The captions of this
            Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no
            force or effect.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified
            otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties
            hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.    

            (b)     All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in
            writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or
            by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage
            prepaid, addressed as follows:

                    IF TO THE EXECUTIVE:

                    (name)
                    Address
                    City, State, Zip

                    IF TO THE CORPORATION:

                    Norwest Corporation
                    Sixth & Marquette
                    Minneapolis, Minnesota  55479
                    Attention:  Secretary

            or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to
            the other in writing in accordance herewith.  Notice and
            communications shall be effective when actually received by the
            addressee.

            (c)     The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this
            Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any
            other provision of this Agreement.

            (d)     The Corporation may withhold from any amounts payable under
            this Agreement such Federal, state or local taxes as shall be
            required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or
            regulation, provided, however, that such withholding shall be
            consistent with the calculations made by Accounting Firm under
            Section 5(d) of the Agreement.

            (e)     This Agreement contains the entire understanding with the
            Executive with respect to the subject matter hereof.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

            (f)     The employment of Executive by the Corporation may be
            terminated by either the Executive or the Corporation at any time
            and for any reason.  Nothing contained in the Agreement shall
            affect such rights to terminate, provided, however, that nothing in
            this Section 10(f) shall prevent the Executive from receiving any
            amounts payable pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement.  However,
            if prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement, (i) the
            Executive's employment with the Corporation terminates, or (ii) the
            Executive ceases to be an officer of the Corporation, then the
            Executive shall have no further rights under this Agreement.

            (g)     The Executive's failure to insist upon strict compliance
            with any provision hereof or the failure to assert any right the
            Executive or the Corporation may have hereunder shall not be deemed
            to be a waiver of such provision or any other provision thereof.

            (h)     If, at any time prior to the Effective Date, the Executive
            ceases to be an employee of the Corporation or its subsidiaries,
            this Agreement shall terminate and the Executive shall have no
            right to receive any payments described herein.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set his hand and, pursuant
to the authorization from its Board of Directors, the Corporation has caused
these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, and its corporate seal
to be hereunto affixed and attested by its secretary, all as of the day and year
first above written.


                                       ------------------------------------
                                                     Executive


                                       NORWEST CORPORATION

ATTEST:                                By: 
                                           --------------------------------
                                       Its: 
                                            -------------------------------

- ------------------------------------
            Secretary
             (Seal)




                                      -14-
<PAGE>

                           DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY

     For purposes of any and all payments due me pursuant to the Severance 
Agreement entered into by me (name) and Norwest Corporation on _____________, 
1995, as amended, I hereby make the following designation of beneficiary(ies):

PRIMARY BENEFICIARY(IES):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                  DATE OF BIRTH         ADDRESS           RELATIONSHIP
- ----                  -------------         -------           ------------
<S>                   <C>               <C>                   <C>




</TABLE>

Unless otherwise designated on this form, all primary beneficiaries shall be 
paid equal shares of the total payment.

CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY(IES):  (To be paid only if no primary beneficiary is 
alive at the time of payment.)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                  DATE OF BIRTH         ADDRESS           RELATIONSHIP
- ----                  -------------         -------           ------------
<S>                   <C>               <C>                   <C>




</TABLE>

Unless otherwise designated, all contingent beneficiaries shall be paid equal 
shares of the total payment.

     I understand that the above designation of beneficiary(ies) may only be 
changed by me, in writing.

DATE:                         Name:
      -----------------             -----------------------------

                              Type in Name:      (name)
                                            -----------------



                                      -15-
<PAGE>

November 18, 1998


Terri Dial
Group Executive Vice President
Wells Fargo
420 Montgomery Street
San Francisco, CA 94104

Dear Terri:

I am very pleased that we were able to come to an agreement that allows you 
to feel comfortable being part of the senior management of the new Wells 
Fargo. I'd like to recap our commitment:

- -    You will have a job as Group Executive Vice President.  In this job you
     will be responsible for California, Distribution Strategies, Telephone
     Banking and Business Banking. In this job you will report directly to me.

- -    If during the time period from April to October 2000 you decide that you no
     longer want to be a part of this organization, you may elect to leave the
     company with a severance package of $1,800,000.00 payable over an 18 month
     period.

- -    If, during the period between November 3, 1998 and October 31, 2000, Wells
     Fargo participates in a merger of equals or is acquired as defined in the
     Wells Fargo & Company Change of Control Severance Plan, you may elect to
     leave the organization and participate in the original Change of Control
     Severance Plan approved by the Wells Fargo board in June 1998.  The Plan
     provides, in general, for salary continuation leave of three years (base
     and bonus).

- -    If you were to leave under either of these circumstances, we would expect
     you to sign an employee and customer non-solicitation agreement for the
     period of the salary continuation leave. This agreement would restrict your
     personal involvement in soliciting key Wells Fargo employees to leave
     employment with Wells Fargo.  It would not prohibit recruiting efforts by
     the corporation for which you may be working during this period.

- -    If you remain employed by Wells Fargo through October 31, 2000 and you have
     earned incentive pay in the year 2000, you will be paid the incentive
     earned through the last date of your active employment.

- -    With the approval of the compensation committee of the board, you will be
     awarded an extraordinary option grant with a Black Scholes value of
     $600,000 following the closing of the Norwest/Wells merger.  This will not
     impact the option grant you would be eligible for at the next routine
     option distribution to Wells senior management.

- -    It is in our mutual interest that the terms of this agreement be kept
     confidential.

All this said Terri, I want to be clear that my hope is that you will come to 
the end of the year 2000 wanting to be a part of the ongoing senior 
management team of this corporation.  I believe that we will be successful.  
I know you can be a big part of that success.  I am looking forward to 
working together with you as we build the new Wells Fargo into one of 
America's great companies.

Sincerely,


Les Biller


                                      -16-
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.(GG)
<SEQUENCE>11
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10(GG)
<TEXT>

<PAGE>


                                January 25, 1999

Chang-Lin Tien
1451 Olympus Avenue
Berkeley, CA 94708

Dear Chang-Lin:

         As you are aware, in addition to your director relations with Wells
Fargo & Company, since May 2, 1997, you have been retained by the Company as a
consultant. In that connection, the terms of the consultant arrangement are set
forth in that certain letter dated May 2, 1997 as extended by letter dated June
23, 1998. The purpose of this letter is to restate and expand the consultant
relationship that currently exists between you and Wells Fargo & Company.

         DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES:

         We believe your background and experience together with your stature in
the international marketplace puts you in a unique position to assist us in
developing our business and competitive presence in this market area. In that
regard, we request that for the term of this Agreement you provide us with the
following services:

         1.       Be our representative and spokesperson in such international 
                  market place and such communities located therein as we may 
                  designate;

         2.       Be one of our representatives on the Board of Shanghai
                  Commercial Bank. In such capacity, you shall act on our behalf
                  and for such term as we may designate;

         3.       Provide us with advice and counsel in the development of our
                  marketing strategies for such market areas as we may
                  designate; and

         4.       Provide us with such other services as may mutually discuss 
                  and agree upon.

         COMPENSATION:

         In consideration of obtaining the services contemplated hereby, we
agree to pay you the sum of $200,000.00 per annum. Such compensation shall be
paid in 12 equal installments of $16,666.66 each, commencing on the 1st day of
the month next 



<PAGE>


following the effective date of this Agreement. We will also reimburse you 
for reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of the services 
contemplated hereby, including travel expenses. Reimbursement of such 
expenses will be on a monthly basis upon receipt by us of a statement 
therefore, and will be made in accordance with the procedures applicable to 
our own employees.

         In addition to the foregoing, we will provide you with office space and
such clerical and support help as you may need to perform the services described
herein.

         OTHER BENEFITS:

         You shall be free to exercise your discretion and independent judgment
as to the method and means of performance of the services contemplated hereby.
As a consultant, you will not be considered an employee of the Company, and
shall not, by virtue of the agreement be entitled to any benefits or privileges
provided by the Company to its employees.

         TAXES:

         You should treat the compensation received hereunder as self-employment
income for Federal Tax purposes. In that regard, we will neither withhold
federal Income Tax nor pay FICA, State unemployment or other employment taxes.

         CONFIDENTIALITY:

         The information, knowledge and data you will receive and develop in
performing these services contemplated hereby will be extremely sensitive and
should be kept confidential and should not be disclosed to any third party
except as we may from time to time mutually agree.

         INDEMNITY:

         We will indemnify you against and hold you harmless from any and all
losses, damages, liabilities, claims, costs and expenses and attorney fees which
you may expend or incur as a result of the performance of the services
contemplated hereby.

         TERM:

         The effective date of this Agreement shall be the date upon which it is
signed by you, in the place and manner so designated below. The Agreement will
continue thereafter unless and until 

                                   2

<PAGE>

one of us elects to terminate the Agreement. The Agreement may be terminated 
at any time upon either of us sending notice of termination to the other. No 
such termination shall in any manner effect the rights and obligations 
existing as of the date of such termination; including without limitation, 
your rights in connection with our obligations to indemnify you as set forth 
herein.

         SUPERCEDE OTHER AGREEMENTS:

         This Agreement shall be deemed the only agreement between the parties
hereto concerning the matters discussed herein; as such it supercedes, replaces
and restates the earlier letter agreement dated May 2, 1997, as extended June
23, 1998, which as of the effective date hereof, shall be deemed of no further
force or effect.

         Chang-Lin, we greatly appreciate your efforts and the results thereof
since the inception of our consultant relationship as of July 1, 1997. We are
also most appreciative of your willingness to continue the relationship and
expand its activities to include the board representation in connection with
Shanghai Commercial Bank. We continue to believe that in your role as a
consultant you are able to play a significant role on behalf of Wells Fargo &
Company as we continue to seek to take advantage of the many opportunities
presented by the international market place.

         If you are in agreement please execute this letter in the place so
designated and return it to my attention at your convenience.

                                       Best regards,

                                       /s/ David J. Zuercher

                                       David J. Zuercher

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT:

By: /s/ Chang-Lin Tien

Printed:  Chang-Lin Tien

Date:  January 26, 1999


                                          3

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.(HH)
<SEQUENCE>12
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10(HH)
<TEXT>

<PAGE>

                    RETIREMENT PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS OF
                            THE FORMER NORWEST CORPORATION

                   (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF NOVEMBER 2, 1998)


1.   PURPOSE:

     The purpose of the Retirement Plan for Non-Employee Directors of the 
former Norwest Corporation (the "Plan") is to provide unfunded retirement 
benefits for certain non-employee members of the Board of Directors of the 
former Norwest Corporation (the "Corporation") in consideration for personal 
services rendered in their capacity as members of the Board of Directors (the 
"Board") of the Corporation through November 2, 1998.  The Corporation 
changed its name to "Wells Fargo & Company" (the "Company") effective 
November 2, 1998. 

2.   EFFECTIVE DATE:

     The effective date of the Plan shall be January 1, 1988, as amended and 
restated as of November 2, l998.

3.   ADMINISTRATION:

     The Plan shall be administered by the Company's Vice President-Compensation
and Benefits (the "Administrator"), who shall have the authority to adopt rules
for carrying out the Plan and to interpret and implement the provisions of the
Plan and whose determinations shall be conclusive and binding on all
participants.

4.   ELIGIBILITY:

     Any person who served as a member of the Board who was not an officer or 
employee of the Corporation or of a subsidiary of the Corporation 
("Non-Employee Director") shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.  Any 
Non-Employee Director shall be a Plan participant as of the later of the date 
on which he or she has completed five full years of service as a Non-Employee 
Director of the Board or January 1, 1988; provided, however, that any 
Non-Employee Director who remained a Non-Employee Director of the Company on 
and after November 2, 1998 (a "Continuing Director") shall be eligible to 
participate in the Plan without regard to the length of their service on the 
Board.  The years of service need not be consecutive for purposes of becoming 
a Plan participant.  Prior years of service as a Non-

<PAGE>

Employee Director of a subsidiary of the Corporation will be included in the 
calculation of years of service for the determination of status as a Plan 
participant only.  In calculating length of service on the Board for purposes 
of determining whether a Non-Employee Director qualifies as a Plan 
participant, only  full years of service will be included for those who are 
not Continuing Directors.

5.   RETIREMENT BENEFIT:

     Each Plan participant will be entitled to receive a cash retirement 
benefit equal in amount to the product of (i) the annual retainer rate paid 
in cash for Non-Employee Directors in effect at the time of the participant's 
last day of service as a Non-Employee Director of the Corporation or the 
Company, as the case may be (the "Final Retainer"), and (ii) the length of 
service on the Board of the Corporation, up to a maximum of 10 years, by the 
Non-Employee Director. For Non-Employee Directors who are not Continuing 
Directors, only full years of service will be included; for Continuing 
Directors, the length of service will be the number of months served on the 
Board of the Corporation (rounded up to the next full month) divided by 12.  
A participant's retirement benefit will be paid in annual installments equal 
in number (as to a participant the participant's "Benefit Duration") to the 
greater of (A) the number of whole years (or whole and partial years in the 
case of a Continuing Director) up to a maximum of ten years that the 
participant served as a Non-Employee Director on the Board of the Corporation 
through November 2, l998, or (B) such other whole number as the participant 
may irrevocably elect pursuant to a benefit payment election form (a copy of 
which is attached hereto as Exhibit A) filed with the Administrator prior to 
the date the Non-Employee Director becomes entitled to receive benefits under 
the Plan, provided that in no event may a participant's Benefit Duration 
exceed 10 years.  For Non-Employee Directors whose Benefit Duration is a 
whole number of years, the amount of each annual installment will equal the 
participant's total retirement benefit payable under this paragraph divided 
by such participant's Benefit Duration.  A Continuing Director whose Benefit 
Duration is measured in other than whole years will receive, first, annual 
installments equal in amount to the Final Retainer for the number of whole 
years of such Continuing Director's actual service on the Board and, after 
all such annual installments have been paid, a final installment consisting 
of the pro rata portion of the Final Retainer corresponding to the partial 
year of his or her actual service.  Payment of a participant's retirement 
benefit will 

                                       2
<PAGE>

commence on February 28 of the year immediately following the year in which 
the participant retires from service on the Board or such subsequent year as 
the participant may irrevocably elect pursuant to a benefit payment election 
form filed with the Administrator prior to the date the Non-Employee Director 
becomes a Plan participant.  For purposes of calculating the retirement 
benefit to which a participant is entitled under this paragraph, years of 
service as a Non-Employee Director of a subsidiary of the Corporation will 
not be counted. Except as specifically provided in paragraph 7 below with 
respect to deferred benefits, no interest shall accrue on any benefits 
payable hereunder to Plan participants.

6.   DEATH BENEFITS:

     If a Plan participant dies while serving as a Non-Employee Director, the 
benefit to which the Director is then entitled pursuant to paragraph 5 of 
this Plan shall be paid in annual installments commencing on February 28 of 
the year immediately following the year during which the participant dies to 
the beneficiary designated by the Non-Employee Director pursuant to the Plan 
beneficiary designation form (a copy of which is attached as Exhibit B) or, 
in the absence of a valid designation or if the designated beneficiary does 
not survive the participant, to such participant's estate.  If a Plan 
participant dies after completing his or her service as a Non-Employee 
Director but before he or she has received all of the retirement benefits to 
which he or she is entitled under the terms of this Plan, the remaining 
benefits (as determined by paragraph 5) shall be paid in annual installments 
to the beneficiary designated by the Non-Employee Director pursuant to the 
Plan beneficiary designation form or, in the absence of a valid designation 
or if the designated beneficiary does not survive the participant, to such 
participant's estate.  The Corporation may, in its discretion, pay to the 
beneficiary or the participant's estate the present value of the entire 
remaining benefit (as determined by the Administrator) to which the 
Non-Employee Director is entitled, in one lump sum payment. If any 
beneficiary dies after becoming entitled to receive payments hereunder, the 
remaining payments shall be made to such beneficiary's estate.

7.   INTEREST ON DEFERRED BENEFITS:

     If a Plan participant files an election to defer the receipt of 
benefits, in accordance with paragraph 5, all deferred benefits shall bear 
interest from the date on which the 

                                       3
<PAGE>

participant, in absence of the deferral, would have received benefits under 
this Plan until such benefits are paid at a rate per annum equal to the 
interest equivalent of the secondary market yield for three-month United 
States Treasury Bills as reported for the preceding month in FEDERAL RESERVE 
STATISTICAL RELEASE H.15(519), which shall be credited to the amount of 
benefit due a participant as of the last day of each month.  The amount of 
each benefit payment will be equal to the total amount of all benefit 
payments remaining to be paid together with all interest accrued thereon 
divided by the number of benefit payments to be made, including the current 
payment.

8.   BENEFITS NOT FUNDED:

     All benefits under this Plan shall be unsecured obligations of the 
Corporation, and each  participant's right thereto shall be as an unsecured 
creditor of the Corporation.

9.   CHANGE OF CONTROL:

     Pursuant to a benefit payment election form filed with the Administrator 
prior to the date the Non-Employee Director becomes a Plan participant, a 
participant may irrevocably elect to have all amounts payable to the 
participant pursuant to this Plan, including all amounts deferred pursuant to 
a benefit election form filed with the Plan Administrator, become payable 
immediately in cash if (i) a third person, including a "group" as defined in 
Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, becomes the 
beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 25% or more of the combined 
voting power of the Corporation's outstanding voting securities ordinarily 
having the right to vote for the election of directors of the Company or (ii) 
individuals who constitute the Board of Directors of the Company as of 
November 24, 1987 (the "Incumbent Board"), cease for any reason to constitute 
at least two-thirds thereof, provided that any person becoming a director 
subsequent to said date whose election, or nomination for election by the 
Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of 
the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this 
clause (ii), considered as though such person were a member of the Incumbent 
Board. 

10.  NO GUARANTEE OF SERVICE:

     Participation in this Plan does not constitute a guarantee or contract 
of service as a Non-Employee Director.

                                       4
<PAGE>

11.  BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION AND NON-ASSIGNABILITY:

     No right to receive payments hereunder shall be transferable or 
assignable by a Plan participant, except as provided in paragraph 6 of this 
Plan.

12.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION:

     This Plan may at any time or from time to time be amended,  suspended or 
terminated by action of the Board. However, no such action shall deprive any 
Plan Participant of any benefits to which he or she is entitled under 
paragraph 5 as of the day of amendment, suspension, or termination of the 
Plan, as the case may be.

13.  FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS:

     Unless an exception to this paragraph is requested by a Plan participant 
and approved by the Board Affairs Committee of the Board, a Plan Participant 
who, after ceasing to be a Non-Employee Director of the Corporation, becomes 
a "management official" of a competing "depository organization" shall 
immediately forfeit all future benefits under the Plan to which such 
participant is entitled.  The terms "management official" and "depositary 
organization" shall have the meanings set forth in the Depository Institution 
Management Interlocks Act (the "Act") and Federal Reserve Regulation L 
("Regulation L").  A depository organization shall be deemed to be a 
competing depository organization if the Plan participant would be prohibited 
by the Act and Regulation L from serving as a Non-Employee Director of the 
Corporation and as a management official of such depository organization at 
the same time.

14.  ONE-TIME CONVERSION OPTION:

     In lieu of all benefits otherwise payable under this Plan, any 
Non-Employee Director of the Corporation who was a Plan participant on 
November 2, 1998, may elect to receive an amount ("Retirement Conversion 
Amount") under the Wells Fargo & Company 1999 Deferral Plan for Directors 
equal to the sum of all benefits the Plan participant would have been 
otherwise entitled to receive under the Plan if the Plan participant's 
service on the Board had ended on November 2, 1998.  Any such election must 
be made in writing on a form provided by the Company for that purpose and 
shall be irrevocable.  Any such election will not be effective unless it is 
received by the Corporate Secretary of 

                                       5
<PAGE>

the Company on or before June 30, 1999, and prior to termination of the 
participant's service as a Non-Employee Director of the Company.  Retirement 
Conversion Amounts under the Wells Fargo & Company l999 Deferral Plan for 
Directors in fulfillment of a participant's election hereunder shall be 
effective as of July l, l999.  Retirement Conversion Amounts will be credited 
in accordance with the terms of the Wells Fargo & Company 1999 Deferral Plan 
for Directors.  After a Retirement Conversion Amount is credited under the 
Wells Fargo & Company l999 Deferral Plan for Directors in fulfillment of a 
Plan participant's election hereunder, neither the Plan participant nor his 
or her beneficiaries shall have any further right to any benefit under this 
Plan whatsoever.  


11/17/87
7/24/90
2/26/96
1/28/97
11/2/98

                                       6
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.(II)
<SEQUENCE>13
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10(II)
<TEXT>

<PAGE>

                          WFC HOLDINGS CORPORATION

                         DIRECTORS' RETIREMENT PLAN

               (Amended and Restated as of November 2, l998)



                          I.  PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

     The purpose of this Plan is to assume the obligations of the former 
Wells Fargo & Company ("Old Wells Fargo"), the predecessor of WFC Holdings 
Corporation, under its Directors' Retirement Plan to former non-employee 
Directors of Old Wells Fargo for the purpose of recognizing the value of 
their past service to Old Wells Fargo and compensating them for their 
availability as a resource to the current Wells Fargo & Company, formerly 
Norwest Corporation ("New Wells Fargo").

                            II.  EFFECTIVE DATE

     The Plan is effective January 1, 1988, and is amended and restated as of 
November 2, l998.

                     III.  ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

     The Plan will be administered by the Board of Directors (the "Board") of 
WFC Holdings Corporation (the "Corporation") or its delegate, which will have 
sole authority to interpret and construe the provisions of the Plan and to 
adopt rules and regulations for administering the Plan.  Decisions of the 
Board or its delegate will be final and binding on all parties who have an 
interest in the Plan.

                               IV.  ELIGIBILITY

     Any person who was a member of Old Wells Fargo's Board of Directors on 
or after the effective date of the Plan but before April 16, l996, and who 
during that time was not a full-time employee of Old Wells Fargo or one of 
its subsidiaries ("Outside Director") will be eligible to participate in the 
Plan.

                           V.  RETIREMENT BENEFITS

     A Director who is a participant in the Plan will be entitled to a 
retirement benefit payable at an annual rate equal to the annual cash 
retainer in effect for non-employee Directors 

<PAGE>

of Old Wells Fargo or New Wells Fargo, as the case may be, at the time of his 
or her retirement (in either case not including any additional retainer paid 
for being a member or chairman of a committee of the Board of Directors).  
For Outside Directors who joined the Board of Directors of New Wells Fargo on 
November 2, 1998 ("Continuing Directors"), the retirement benefit will be 
payable for the lesser of ten years or the period of actual service as an 
Outside Director, including service as a non-employee director of First 
Interstate Bancorp, through November 2, l998, rounded up to the nearest 
month.  For all other Outside Directors, the retirement benefit will be 
payable for the lesser of ten years or the number of full years of actual 
service, including service as a non-employee director of First Interstate 
Bancorp.  Payment will commence on any date following retirement elected by 
the participant, but not earlier than the date the participant attains age 
65.  If a participant is an Outside Director on January 1, 1988, the election 
must be filed by March 31, 1988. If a participant first becomes an Outside 
Director after January l, 1988, the election must be filed within 90 days of 
the date he or she becomes an Outside Director.  If no election is filed, 
payment will commence on the later of the date the participant retires or the 
date the participant attains age 65.

                            VI.  SURVIVOR BENEFITS

     In the event of the death of a participant prior to retirement, the 
participant's designated beneficiary will receive an annual benefit equal in 
amount and duration to the annual benefit to which the participant would have 
been entitled hereunder if the participant had retired on the date of his or 
her death.  Payment of the survivor benefit will commence the month following 
the Director's death.  However, a Director may elect for benefits to commence 
on any date following his or her death.  If a participant is an Outside 
Director on January 1, 1988, any such election must be filed by March 31, 
1988.  If a participant first becomes an Outside Director after January 1, 
1988, the election must be filed within 90 days of the date he or she becomes 
an Outside Director.

                       VII.  ONE-TIME CONVERSION OPTION

     In lieu of all benefits otherwise payable under the Plan, any Continuing 
Director may elect to receive an amount ("Retirement Conversion Amount") 
under the New Wells Fargo 1999 Deferral Plan for Directors equal to the sum 
of all benefits the Plan participant would have been otherwise entitled to 
receive 

                                       2
<PAGE>

under the Plan for service as an Outside Director of Old Wells Fargo through 
November 2, 1998.  Any such election must be made in writing on a form 
provided by New Wells Fargo for that purpose and shall be irrevocable.  Any 
such election will not be effective unless it is received by the Corporate 
Secretary of New Wells Fargo on or before June 30, 1999, and prior to 
termination of the participant's service as a non-employee Director of New 
Wells Fargo.  Retirement Conversion Amounts under the New Wells Fargo l999 
Deferral Plan for Directors in fulfillment of a participant's election 
hereunder shall be effective as of July 1, l999.  Retirement Conversion 
Amounts will be credited in accordance with the terms of the New Wells Fargo 
1999 Deferral Plan for Directors.  After a Retirement Conversion Amount is 
credited under the New Wells Fargo l999 Deferral Plan for Directors in 
fulfillment of a Plan participant's election hereunder, neither the Plan 
participant nor his or her beneficiaries shall have any further right to any 
benefit under this Plan whatsoever.

                           VIII.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

     (A) The obligation to pay retirement or survivor benefits will at all 
times be an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Corporation.  The 
Corporation will not be under any obligation to invest any portion of its 
general assets in mutual funds, stocks, bonds, securities or other similar 
investments in order to accumulate funds for the satisfaction of its 
obligations under the Plan.  The participant and his or her beneficiary must 
look solely and exclusively to the general assets of the Corporation for the 
payment of the participant's benefits.

     (B) The Board may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the Plan; 
provided, however, that such action may not adversely affect rights 
previously vested and non-forfeitable under the Plan.

     (C) A participant will have no right to alienate, pledge or encumber his 
interest in his or her benefits under the Plan, nor will such benefits be 
subject in any way to the claims of a participant's creditors or to 
attachment, execution or other process of law.

     (D) In the event of a participant's death following retirement, the 
balance of his or her retirement benefits, if any, will be paid to the 
participant's designated beneficiary or, in the absence of such designation, 
in accordance with the participant's will or the laws of descent and 
distribution.  In 

                                       3
<PAGE>

the event of a beneficiary's death, the balance of his or her benefits, if 
any, will be paid in accordance with the beneficiary's will or the laws of 
descent and distribution.  A participant may from time to time revoke his or 
her beneficiary designation and file a new beneficiary designation with the 
Board.  All beneficiary designations must be on the form prescribed by the 
Board or its delegate.








                                       4
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-12.(A)
<SEQUENCE>14
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 12(A)
<TEXT>

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT 12(a)
                        WELLS FARGO & COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     Year ended December 31,
                                                           ------------------------------------------------------------------
(in millions)                                               1998           1997           1996           1995           1994
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
EARNINGS, INCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS (1):
  Income before income tax expense                         $3,293         $4,193         $3,767         $3,201         $2,635
  Fixed charges                                             5,218          5,149          4,816          4,000          2,854
                                                           ------         ------         ------         ------         ------
                                                           $8,511         $9,342         $8,583         $7,201         $5,489
                                                           ------         ------         ------         ------         ------
                                                           ------         ------         ------         ------         ------

Fixed charges (1):
  Interest expense                                         $5,065         $4,954         $4,619         $3,879         $2,745
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense          153            195            197            121            109
                                                           ------         ------         ------         ------         ------
                                                           $5,218         $5,149         $4,816         $4,000         $2,854
                                                           ------         ------         ------         ------         ------
                                                           ------         ------         ------         ------         ------

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)                       1.63           1.81           1.78           1.80           1.92
                                                           ------         ------         ------         ------         ------
                                                           ------         ------         ------         ------         ------

EARNINGS, EXCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS:
  Income before income tax expense                         $3,293         $4,193         $3,767         $3,201         $2,635
  Fixed charges                                             2,107          1,999          1,905          1,847          1,137
                                                           ------         ------         ------         ------         ------
                                                           $5,400         $6,192         $5,672         $5,048         $3,772
                                                           ------         ------         ------         ------         ------
                                                           ------         ------         ------         ------         ------


Fixed charges:
  Interest expense                                         $5,065         $4,954         $4,619         $3,879         $2,745
  Less interest on deposits                                 3,111          3,150          2,911          2,153          1,717
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense          153            195            197            121            109
                                                           ------         ------         ------         ------         ------
                                                           $2,107         $1,999         $1,905         $1,847         $1,137
                                                           ------         ------         ------         ------         ------
                                                           ------         ------         ------         ------         ------

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)                       2.56           3.10           2.98           2.73           3.32
                                                           ------         ------         ------         ------         ------
                                                           ------         ------         ------         ------         ------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

(1)  As defined in Item 503(d) of Regulation S-K.
(2)  These computations are included herein in compliance with Securities and
     Exchange Commission regulations. However, management believes that fixed
     charge ratios are not meaningful measures for the business of the Company
     because of two factors.  First, even if there were no change in net income,
     the ratios would decline with an increase in the proportion of income which
     is tax-exempt or, conversely, they would increase with a decrease in the
     proportion of income which is tax-exempt.   Second, even if there were no
     change in net income, the ratios would decline if interest income and
     interest expense increase by the same amount due to an increase in the
     level of interest rates or, conversely, they would increase if interest
     income and interest expense decrease by the same amount due to a decrease
     in the level of interest rates.



</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-12.(B)
<SEQUENCE>15
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 12(B)
<TEXT>

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT 12(b)
                       WELLS FARGO & COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                              AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     Year ended December 31,
                                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------
(in millions)                                                      1998           1997           1996           1995           1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
EARNINGS, INCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS (1):
  Income before income tax expense                                $3,293         $4,193         $3,767         $3,201       $2,635
  Fixed charges                                                    5,218          5,149          4,816          4,000        2,854
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------
                                                                  $8,511         $9,342         $8,583         $7,201       $5,489
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------

Preferred dividend requirement                                    $   35         $   43         $   85         $   83       $   71
Ratio of income before income tax expense to net income             1.69           1.68           1.69           1.61         1.60
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------

Preferred dividends (2)                                           $   59         $   72         $  144         $  134       $  114
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------
Fixed charges (1):
  Interest expense                                                 5,065          4,954          4,619          3,879        2,745
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense                 153            195            197            121          109
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------
                                                                   5,218          5,149          4,816          4,000        2,854
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------
  Fixed charges and preferred dividends                           $5,277         $5,221         $4,960         $4,134       $2,968
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends (3)      1.61           1.79           1.73           1.74         1.85
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------


EARNINGS, EXCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS:
  Income before income tax expense                                $3,293         $4,193         $3,767         $3,201       $2,635
  Fixed charges                                                    2,107          1,999          1,905          1,847        1,137
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------
                                                                  $5,400         $6,192         $5,672         $5,048       $3,772
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------

Preferred dividends (2)                                           $   59         $   72         $  144         $  134       $  114
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------
Fixed charges:
  Interest expense                                                 5,065          4,954          4,619          3,879        2,745
  Less interest on deposits                                        3,111          3,150          2,911          2,153        1,717
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense                 153            195            197            121          109
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------
                                                                   2,107          1,999          1,905          1,847        1,137
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------
  Fixed charges and preferred dividends                           $2,166         $2,071         $2,049         $1,981       $1,251
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends (3)      2.49           2.99           2.77           2.55         3.02
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------
                                                                   ------        -------        -------        -------      ------
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>
 

(1)  As defined in Item 503(d) of Regulation S-K.
(2)  The preferred dividends were increased to amounts representing the pretax
     earnings that would be required to cover such dividend requirements.
(3)  These computations are included herein in compliance with Securities and
     Exchange Commission regulations.  However, management believes that fixed
     charge ratios are not meaningful measures for the business of the Company
     because of two factors.  First, even if there was no change in net income,
     the ratios would decline with an increase in the proportion of income which
     is tax-exempt or, conversely, they would increase with a decrease in the
     proportion of income which is tax-exempt.  Second, even if there was no
     change in net income, the ratios would decline if interest income and
     interest expense increase by the same amount due to an increase in the
     level of interest rates or, conversely, they would increase if interest
     income and interest expense decrease by the same amount due to a decrease
     in the level of interest rates.
</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-13
<SEQUENCE>16
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 13
<TEXT>


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     <S>  <C>
          FINANCIAL REVIEW
     34   Overview
     37   Merger of Norwest and Wells Fargo
     37   Operating Segment Results
     38   Earnings Performance
     38        Net Interest Income
     39        Noninterest Income
     42        Noninterest Expense
     44        Earnings/Ratios Excluding Goodwill
               and Nonqualifying CDI
     44   Balance Sheet Analysis
     44        Securities Available for Sale
               (table on page 63)
     45        Loan Portfolio (table on page 64)
     45        Nonaccrual and Restructured Loans
               and Other Assets
     47        Allowance for Loan Losses
               (table on page 66)
     47        Deposits
     47        Market Risks
     48        Derivative Financial Instruments
     48        Liquidity and Capital Management
     49   Comparison of 1997 to 1996
     50   Additional Information

          FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     51   Consolidated Statement of Income
     52   Consolidated Balance Sheet
     53   Consolidated Statement of
          Changes in Stockholders' Equity
          and Comprehensive Income
     54   Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
     55   Notes to Financial Statements
          (index on page 96)

     96   INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

     96   INDEX OF SPECIAL TOPICS

</TABLE>


                                          33
<PAGE>

OVERVIEW

     On November 2, 1998, Norwest Corporation changed its name to "Wells Fargo &
Company" upon the merger (the Merger) of the former Wells Fargo & Company (the
former Wells Fargo) into a wholly-owned subsidiary of Norwest Corporation.
Norwest Corporation as it was before the Merger is referred to as the former
Norwest. The Merger was accounted for as a pooling of interests and,
accordingly, the information included in the financial review presents the
combined results as if the Merger  had been in effect for all periods presented.
Certain amounts in the financial review for prior years have been reclassified
to conform with the current financial statement presentation.

     Wells Fargo & Company is a $202 billion diversified financial services
company providing banking, mortgage and consumer finance through about 6,000
stores and other distribution channels throughout North America, including all
50 states, and elsewhere internationally.  It ranks seventh in assets at
December 31, 1998 among U.S. bank holding companies. In this Annual Report,
Wells Fargo & Company together with its subsidiaries is referred to as the
Company and Wells Fargo & Company alone is referred to as the Parent.

     Net income in 1998 was $1,950 million, compared with $2,499 million in
1997, a decrease of 22%. Diluted earnings per common share were $1.17, compared
with $1.48 in 1997, a decrease of 21%.

     Return on average assets (ROA) was 1.04% and return on average common
equity (ROE) was 9.86% in 1998, compared with 1.37% and 12.81%, respectively, in
1997.

     Diluted earnings before the amortization of goodwill and nonqualifying core
deposit intangible (CDI) ("cash" or "tangible" earnings) were $1.50 per share in
1998, compared with $1.83 per share in 1997. On the same basis, ROA was 1.39%
and ROE was 23.15% in 1998, compared with 1.78% and 30.49%, respectively, in
1997.

     Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis was $9,049 million in
1998, compared with $8,705 million a year ago. The Company's net interest margin
was 5.79% for 1998, compared with 5.86% in 1997.

     Noninterest income increased from $5,675 million in 1997 to $6,427 million
in 1998, an increase of 13%.

     Noninterest expense totaled $10,579 million in 1998, compared with $8,990
million in 1997. The increase was primarily due to the Merger-related charges
incurred during the fourth quarter.

     The provision for loan losses was $1,545 million in 1998, compared with
$1,140 million in 1997. During 1998, net charge-offs were $1,617 million, or
1.52% of average total loans, compared with $1,305 million, or 1.25%, during
1997. The allowance for loan losses was $3,134 million, or 2.90% of total loans,
at December 31, 1998, compared with $3,062 million, or 2.88%, at December 31,
1997.

     At December 31, 1998, total nonaccrual and restructured loans were $710
million, or .7% of total loans, compared with $715 million, or .7%, at December
31, 1997. Other real estate (ORE) was $173 million at December 31, 1998,
compared with $264 million at December 31, 1997.

     The Company's direct credit risk related to the ongoing volatility of the
financial markets in Asia and, more recently, Latin America is predominantly
short-term in nature and is relatively insignificant. However, the primary risk
to the Company is the long-term effect of the Asian and Latin American financial
markets on the economy of the U.S. and the Company's borrowers. Understanding
this risk is more difficult and depends on the passage of time. To date, while
certain domestic sectors to which the Company has direct credit exposure have
been adversely impacted by the disruptions in Asian financial markets, the
results have not been material enough to create any significant credit losses
for the Company.

     At December 31, 1998, the ratio of common stockholders' equity to total
assets was 10.02%, compared with 10.40% at December 31, 1997. The Company's
total risk-based capital (RBC) ratio at December 31, 1998 was 10.90% and its
Tier 1 RBC ratio was 8.08%, exceeding the minimum regulatory guidelines of 8%
and 4%, respectively, for bank holding companies. The Company's ratios at
December 31, 1997 were 11.20% and 8.16%, respectively. The Company's leverage
ratios were 6.58% and 6.72% at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively,
exceeding the minimum regulatory guideline of 3% for bank holding companies.

     This Annual Report (including information incorporated by reference herein)
includes forward-looking statements about the Company's financial condition,
results of operations, plans, objectives and future performance and business.
These statements generally include the words "believe," "expect," "anticipate,"
"estimate," "may," "will" or similar expressions that suggest the statements are
forward looking in nature.


                                          34
<PAGE>

     These forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties.
The Company cautions readers that a number of factors -- many of which are
beyond the control of the Company -- could cause actual results to differ
materially from those in the forward-looking statements. Among these factors are
changes in political and economic conditions, interest rate fluctuations,
technological changes (including the "Year 2000" data systems compliance issue),
customer disintermediation, competitive product and pricing pressures in the
Company's geographic and product markets, equity and fixed income market
fluctuations, personal and commercial customers' bankruptcies, inflation,
changes in law, changes in fiscal, monetary, regulatory and tax policies,
monetary fluctuations, credit quality and credit risk management, mergers and
acquisitions, the integration of merged and acquired companies, and success in
gaining regulatory approvals when required.

     Also, actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-
looking statements because of factors relating to the combination of the former
Wells Fargo and the former Norwest Corporation, including the following:
expected cost savings from the Merger are not fully realized within the expected
time frame or additional or unexpected costs are incurred; and costs or
difficulties related to the integration of the former Wells Fargo and the former
Norwest Corporation are greater than expected.

RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

     The Company adopted on January 1, 1998, Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 130 (FAS 130), Reporting Comprehensive Income. This Statement sets
standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components
in the financial statements. It requires that a company classify items of other
comprehensive income, as defined by accounting standards, by their nature in the
financial statements. Other comprehensive income, as defined, is net of income
taxes. Cumulative other comprehensive income is displayed separately in the
equity section of the balance sheet and the consolidated statement of changes in
stockholders' equity and comprehensive income. For comparative purposes,
financial statements for earlier periods provided have been reclassified. The
amount of income tax expense or benefit allocated to each component of other
comprehensive income is presented in Note 16 to Financial Statements.

 TABLE 1: RATIOS AND PER COMMON SHARE DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
($ in millions, except                          Year ended December 31,
per share amounts)                              ----------------------
                                                1998     1997     1996
<S>                                           <C>      <C>      <C>

PROFITABILITY RATIOS
Net income to average total assets (ROA)        1.04%    1.37%    1.31%
Net income applicable to common stock to
  average common stockholders' equity (ROE)     9.86    12.81    12.73
Net income to average stockholders' equity      9.81    12.67    12.52

EFFICIENCY RATIO (1)                            68.5%    62.8%    67.0%

NET INCOME AND RATIOS EXCLUDING
GOODWILL AND NONQUALIFYING
CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLE (CDI)
AMORTIZATION AND BALANCES
("CASH" OR "TANGIBLE") (2)
Net income applicable to common stock         $2,465   $3,031   $2,616
Earnings per common share                       1.52     1.85     1.68
Diluted earnings per common share               1.50     1.83     1.67
ROA                                             1.39%    1.78%    1.66%
ROE                                            23.15    30.49    28.55
Efficiency ratio                                64.3     57.8     63.5

CAPITAL RATIOS 
At year end:
  Common stockholders' equity to assets        10.02%   10.40%   10.21%
  Stockholders' equity to assets               10.25    10.65    10.63
  Risk-based capital (3)
    Tier 1 capital                              8.08     8.16     7.96
    Total capital                              10.90    11.20    11.11
  Leverage (3)                                  6.58     6.72     6.36
Average balances:
  Common stockholders' equity to assets        10.31    10.52     9.91
  Stockholders' equity to assets               10.56    10.82    10.48

PER COMMON SHARE DATA
Dividend payout (4)                               59%      41%      38%
Book value                                    $12.35   $11.92   $11.66
Market prices (5):
  High                                        $43.88   $39.50   $23.44
  Low                                          27.50    21.63    15.25
  Year end                                     39.94    38.75    21.75
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense divided by the total
     of net interest income and noninterest income.
(2)  Nonqualifying core deposit intangible (acquired after regulatory rule
     changes in 1992) amortization and average balance excluded from these
     calculations are, with the exception of the efficiency ratio, net of
     applicable taxes. The after-tax amounts for the amortization and average
     balance of nonqualifying CDI were $129 million and $906 million,
     respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1998. Goodwill amortization
     and average balance (which are not tax effected) were $421 million and
     $7,865 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1998. See
     page 44 for additional information.
(3)  See Note 22 to Financial Statements for additional information.
(4)  Dividends declared per common share as a percentage of earnings per common
     share.
(5)  Based on daily prices reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite
     Transaction Reporting System.


                                          35
<PAGE>

     The Company adopted on December 31, 1998, FAS 131, Disclosures about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. The Statement requires that a
public business enterprise report financial and descriptive information about
its reportable operating segments on the basis that is used internally for
evaluating segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources to
segments.

     The Company adopted on December 31, 1998, FAS 132, Employers' Disclosures
about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits. The Statement only addresses
disclosure issues; it does not address measurement and recognition of pensions
and other postretirement benefits. This Statement requires the reconciliation of
changes in benefit obligations and plan assets for both pensions and other
postretirement benefits, showing the effects of the major components separately
for each reconciliation.

     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FAS
133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, which will be
effective for the Company's financial statements for periods beginning January
1, 2000. This Statement requires companies to record derivatives on the balance
sheet, measured at fair value. Changes in the fair values of those derivatives
would be accounted for depending on the use of the derivative and whether it
qualifies for hedge accounting. The key criterion for hedge accounting is that
the hedging relationship must be highly effective in achieving offsetting
changes in fair value or cash flows. The Company has not yet determined when it
will implement the Statement nor has it completed the complex analysis required
to determine the impact on the financial statements.

     In October 1998, the FASB issued FAS 134, Accounting for Mortgage-Backed
Securities Retained after Securitization of Mortgage Loans Held for Sale by a
Mortgage Banking Enterprise. This Statement requires that after mortgage loans
held for sale are securitized, an entity engaged in mortgage banking activities
classify the resulting mortgage-backed securities or other retained interests
based on its ability and intent to sell or hold investments. The Company
implemented FAS 134 in the fourth quarter of 1998, and, accordingly, classifies
its retained interests from securitizations as securities available for sale.
The Statement did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

 TABLE 2: SIX-YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in millions, except                                                                                        % CHANGE     FIVE-YEAR
per share amounts)                                                                                              1998/     COMPOUND
                                       1998        1997         1996        1995         1994          1993     1997   GROWTH RATE
<S>                                <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>      <C>        <C>

INCOME STATEMENT
Net interest income                $  8,990    $  8,648     $  8,222    $  5,923      $ 5,414      $  5,160        4%           12%
Provision for loan losses             1,545       1,140          500         312          365           708       36            17
Noninterest income                    6,427       5,675        4,769       3,179        2,813         2,649       13            19
Noninterest expense                  10,579       8,990        8,724       5,589        5,225         5,192       18            15
Net income                            1,950       2,499        2,228       1,988        1,642         1,130      (22)           12

Earnings per common share          $   1.18    $   1.50     $   1.38    $   1.66     $   1.40      $   1.85      (21)           (9)
Diluted earnings
   per common share                    1.17        1.48         1.36        1.62         1.36          1.74      (21)           (8)
Dividends declared
   per common share (1)                 .70        .615         .525         .45         .383           .32       14            17

BALANCE SHEET
(at year end)
Securities available for sale      $ 31,997    $ 27,872     $ 29,752    $ 24,163     $ 25,949      $ 25,530       15%            5%
Loans                               107,994     106,311      105,760      70,780       66,575        59,829        2            13
Allowance for loan losses             3,134       3,062        3,059       2,711        2,872         2,911        2             1
Goodwill                              7,664       8,062        8,200       1,212          574           618       (5)           65
Assets                              202,475     185,685      188,633     122,200      112,674       107,170        9            14
Core deposits                       132,289     122,327      128,178      77,355       72,738        75,379        8            12
Long-term debt                       19,709      17,335       18,142      16,726       12,039        11,072       14            12
Guaranteed preferred beneficial
   interests in Company's
   subordinated debentures              785       1,299        1,150          --           --            --      (40)           --
Common stockholders' equity          20,296      19,315       19,262       8,448        6,628         6,928        5            24
Stockholders' equity                 20,759      19,778       20,051       9,239        7,629         7,947        5            21
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Dividends declared per common share represent the dividends of the former
     Norwest. Dividends declared per common share for the former Wells Fargo
     were $5.20, $5.20, $5.20, $4.60, $4.00 and $2.25 for 1998, 1997, 1996,
     1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.


                                          36
<PAGE>

MERGER OF NORWEST AND WELLS FARGO

     On November 2, 1998, the former Wells Fargo merged with a subsidiary of
Norwest Corporation, and Norwest changed its name to "Wells Fargo & Company."
The Merger resulted in a combined diversified financial services company with
$202 billion in assets at December 31, 1998, the seventh largest bank holding
company in the United States.

     As a condition to the Merger, the Company was required by regulatory
agencies to divest stores in Arizona and Nevada having aggregate deposits of
approximately $1 billion. In the fourth quarter of 1998, the Company entered
into contracts to sell these stores. These sales are expected to be completed
during the second quarter of 1999.

     In connection with the Merger, approximately $1 billion of Merger-related
expenses were recognized in the fourth quarter of 1998, which included
approximately $600 million of costs related to the restructuring of systems and
operations resulting from the Merger that qualified for immediate recognition.
The remainder of the Merger-related expenses were primarily for irrevocable
commitments to the Company's Foundation and fees for investment banking and
other professional services resulting from the Merger.

     The restructuring charges include write-downs of approximately $100 million
for premises. The remaining charges of approximately $500 million primarily
represent future cash outflows, substantially comprised of severance-related
costs and costs related to the disposition of leased premises. These future cash
outflows are not expected to have a significant effect on the Company's
liquidity, capital resources or results of operations.

     The restructuring charges for premises result from the identification of
specific premises that are held for sale or remarketing and are expected to be
removed from operations during 1999, pursuant to Merger plans. Severance-related
costs result from plans to eliminate redundant headquarters, back office and
other positions into 2000.

     Based on accounting rules, not all Merger-related expenses qualified for
recognition in the fourth quarter of 1998. Additional Merger-related expenses
will be expensed when incurred as systems and operations are combined. The
Company estimates that Merger-related expenses will total about $1.15 billion.
The Company originally estimated total Merger-related expenses would be about
$950 million. The increase is due to the irrevocable commitments made to the
Company's Foundation. Because of inherent uncertainties associated with merging
two large companies, additional Merger-related costs, including additional
restructuring charges, may result as the integration process continues.

     The Company expects to meet its pre-Merger target of approximately $650
million in annual pre-tax cost savings not later than 36 months after Merger
consummation. About 50% of the cost savings are expected to be achieved within
the first two years.


 OPERATING SEGMENT RESULTS

     COMMUNITY BANKING'S net income was $1,644 million in 1998 compared with
$2,081 million in 1997, a decrease of 21%. Net interest income declined by $121
million. A significant portion of the decrease in net interest income is due to
the run-off and sales of credit card receivables and a decline in the former
Wells Fargo real estate mortgage loans. Other loan portfolios remained stable.
The provision for loan losses decreased by $99 million. A significant portion of
the $607 million, or 17%, increase in noninterest income is due to increased fee
revenue. The number of checking accounts grew 2% from year-end 1997 to 1998.
Community Banking also experienced significant growth in assets under
management. Total noninterest expense increased by $1,359 million from 1997 due
to Merger expense accruals, including irrevocable commitments to the Company's
Foundation in connection with the Merger. Major changes in Community Banking
from 1996 to 1997 are attributed to the acquisition of First Interstate Bancorp
(First Interstate) effective April 1, 1996. First Interstate results prior to
April 1, 1996 are not included and, therefore, the year 1997 is not comparable
to 1996.

     WHOLESALE BANKING'S net income was $780 million in 1998 compared with $792
million in 1997. Net interest income was flat for the year-over-year period. The
increasing competitive lending environment in 1998 led to a decrease in the
yields realized on the core commercial loan portfolio. In addition, interest
recoveries were lower in 1998 compared with 1997. Offsetting these unfavorable
conditions was an increase in commercial loan volume of $2 billion. Real estate
and


                                          37
<PAGE>

construction loan balances were flat from 1997 to 1998. The year-over-year
improvement in noninterest income was due to a $54 million increase in fee
revenue, as well as foreign exchange gains and acquisition, development and
construction (ADC) income. The increase was primarily offset by mark-to-market
adjustments of the high-yield trading portfolio and commercial mortgages
originated for sale. The adjustments occurred as a result of the general market
volatility that occurred near the end of the third quarter of 1998. Noninterest
expense increased $56 million from 1997 due to a $34 million reduction in
foreclosed asset gains and an increase in incentive compensation related to
increased loan volume. Other operating expenses remained relatively flat. Major
changes in Wholesale Banking from 1996 to 1997 are attributed to the acquisition
of First Interstate effective April 1, 1996. First Interstate results prior to
April 1, 1996 are not included and, therefore, the year 1997 is not comparable
to 1996.

     MORTGAGE BANKING earned $217 million in 1998, a 44% increase over the $151
million earned in 1997, which was 21% over the $125 million earned in 1996. The
increases were principally due to increases in mortgage loan fundings and the
growth in the servicing portfolio. Fundings were $109 billion in 1998, compared
with $55 billion and $52 billion in 1997 and 1996, respectively. The increases
in funding volume were attributable in part to the low mortgage interest rates
in 1998 which encouraged homeowners to refinance their mortgage loans. The
percentage of fundings attributed to mortgage loan refinancings was
approximately 52% in 1998 compared to 23% and 22% in 1997 and 1996,
respectively. The servicing portfolio increased to $245 billion at December 31,
1998 from $206 billion at December 31, 1997. The weighted average coupon of
loans in the servicing portfolio was 7% at December 31, 1998 compared with 8% a
year earlier. Total capitalized mortgage servicing rights amounted to $3 billion
or 126 basis points of the servicing portfolio at December 31, 1998.
Amortization of capitalized mortgage servicing rights was $785 million in 1998,
compared with $444 million and $301 million in 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Higher levels of amortization reflect increased assumed prepayments due to a
lower interest rate environment and increased balances of capitalized mortgage
servicing associated with a larger servicing portfolio. Combined gains on sales
of mortgages and servicing rights were $312 million in 1998, compared with $89
million and $70 million in 1997 and 1996, respectively.

     NORWEST FINANCIAL reported a net loss of $19 million in 1998, which
included a $351 million charge to the provision for loan losses in the fourth
quarter. This charge includes losses at Island Finance reflecting a fourth
quarter review of the loan portfolio and realignment of charge-off policies in
other operating units. Norwest Financial's earnings for 1997 decreased 9% from
the $265 million earned in 1996. The 1997 net earnings include $27 million in
charges related to the acquisition of Fidelity Acceptance Corporation, an
automobile finance company with $1 billion in receivables and 150 locations in
31 states and Guam. Net interest income rose 12% in 1998 and 9% in 1997.
Increases in average loans reflect internal growth as well as acquisitions. The
net interest margin decreased 37 basis points in 1998 and 17 basis points in
1997 reflecting a change in the portfolio mix. Norwest Financial's noninterest
expense increased 16% in 1998 and 10% in 1997 primarily due to higher expenses
from acquisitions.


EARNINGS PERFORMANCE

NET INTEREST INCOME

     Net interest income is the difference between interest income (which
includes yield-related loan fees) and interest expense. Net interest income on a
taxable-equivalent basis was $9,049 million in 1998, compared with $8,705
million in 1997.

     Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis expressed as a percentage
of average total earning assets is referred to as the net interest margin, which
represents the average net effective yield on earning assets. For 1998, the net
interest margin was 5.79%, compared with 5.86% in 1997.

     Table 4 presents the individual components of net interest income and net
interest margin.

     The increase in net interest income for 1998 compared with 1997 was
primarily due to an increase in earning assets, which includes the effects of a
significantly higher volume of mortgage origination activity during 1998. This
activity also served to reduce the net interest margin in 1998 due to the lower
yields provided by mortgages held for sale relative to the average yield of all
other earning assets.


                                          38
<PAGE>

     Interest income included hedging income of $93 million in 1998, compared
with $79 million in 1997. Interest expense included hedging income of $94
million in 1998, compared with $81 million in 1997.


NONINTEREST INCOME

     Table 3 shows the major components of noninterest income.

TABLE 3:  NONINTEREST INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in millions)                          Year ended December 31,          % Change
                                     ------------------------       ------------
                                     1998       1997     1996       1998/   1997/
                                                                    1997    1996
<S>                                <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>     <C>
Service charges on
  deposit accounts                 $1,357     $1,244   $1,198          9%      4%
Trust and investment fees
  and commissions:
  Asset management and
    custody fees                      676        603      510         12      18
  Mutual fund and
    annuity sales fees                300        273      190         10      44
  All other                            92         78       75         18       4
                                   ------     ------   ------
    Total trust and
      investment fees
      and commissions               1,068        954      775         12      23

Credit card fee revenue               520        448      350         16      28
Other fees and commissions:
  ATM network fees                    229        176      107         30      64
  Charges and fees on loans           290        254      209         14      22
  All other                           427        396      373          8       6
                                   ------     ------   ------
    Total other fees
      and commissions                 946        826      689         15      20

Mortgage banking:
  Origination and other
    closing fees                      530        314      305         69       3
  Servicing fees, net of
    amortization                       19        324      318        (94)      2
  Net gains (losses) on sales of
    mortgage servicing rights          16         (8)      57         --      --
  Net gains on sales
    of mortgages                      296        120       13        147     823
  Other                               245        177      151         38      17
                                   ------     ------   ------
    Total mortgage banking          1,106        927      844         19      10

Insurance                             348        336      280          4      20
Net venture capital gains             113        191      256        (41)    (25)
Net gains on securities
  available for sale                  169         99       12         71     725
Income from equity investments
  accounted for by the:
  Cost method                         151        157      137         (4)     15
  Equity method                        47         57       24        (18)    138
Net gains (losses) from
  dispositions of operations          100         15      (95)       567      --
Net gains on sales of loans            61         30       22        103      36
All other                             441        391      277         13      41
                                   ------     ------   ------
    Total                          $6,427     $5,675   $4,769         13%     19%
                                   ======     ======   ======        ===     ===
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     The increase in service charges on deposit accounts and other fees and
commissions reflects overall increases in business activity due to acquisitions
and marketing efforts along with an increase in fees.

     The increase in trust and investment fees and commissions for 1998 was
primarily due to an overall increase in mutual fund management fees, reflecting
the overall growth in fund families' net assets. The Company managed 85 mutual
funds consisting of $51.4 billion of assets at December 31, 1998 that included
42 Stagecoach Funds ($27.6 billion) and 43 Norwest Advantage Funds ($23.8
billion), compared with 78 mutual funds consisting of $41.9 billion of assets at
December 31, 1997 that included 36 Stagecoach Funds ($23.3 billion) and 42
Norwest Advantage Funds ($18.6 billion). The Company also managed or maintained
personal trust, employee benefit trust and agency assets of approximately $324.8
billion and $285.0 billion at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

     The increase in mortgage banking revenue is attributed to increases in
origination and other closing fees and gains on sales of mortgages and servicing
rights, net of increased amortization of capitalized mortgage servicing rights,
related to the low mortgage interest rate environment.

     The majority of the gains from disposition of operations were related to
the sale by the former Wells Fargo of its mortgage servicing business to GMAC
Mortgage Corporation in the second quarter of 1998.

     At December 31, 1997, the Company had a liability of $48 million related to
the disposition of premises and, to a lesser extent, severance and miscellaneous
expenses associated with 65 stores not acquired as a result of the acquisition
of First Interstate Bancorp or with former First Interstate stores that were
identified in the fourth quarter of 1997 for closure in 1998. Of the 65 stores,
33 stores were closed in 1998. In 1998, the Company evaluated the remaining 32
stores scheduled to close and decided to retain them, which resulted in reducing
the liability by $18 million. The decision was made based on numerous factors,
including the need to maintain customer service levels, as well as improved
profitability for these 32 stores. These developments were not anticipated or
foreseen at the time these accruals were originally recorded. At December 31,
1998, there was no remaining liability.


                                          39
<PAGE>

TABLE 4: AVERAGE BALANCES, YIELDS AND RATES PAID (TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS)
(1)(2)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in millions)                                                                     1998                                     1997   
                                                       -------------------------------          -------------------------------  
                                                        AVERAGE      YIELDS/  INTEREST           Average      Yields/  Interest   
                                                        BALANCE       RATES     INCOME/          balance       rates     income/  
                                                                               EXPENSE                                  expense   
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>      <C>               <C>           <C>      <C>        
                                                       
EARNING ASSETS                                         
Federal funds sold and securities purchased            
   under resale agreements                             $  1,652        5.58%   $    92          $  1,131        5.39%   $    61   
Securities available for sale (3):                     
 Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies         4,868        5.94        287             5,078        6.16        312   
 Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions     1,528        8.50        124             1,352        8.49        112   
 Mortgage-backed securities:                           
   Federal agencies                                      17,194        7.05      1,187            19,844        7.13      1,403   
   Private collateralized mortgage obligations            2,841        6.74        190             3,024        6.81        206   
                                                       --------               --------          --------               --------   
     Total mortgage-backed securities                    20,035        7.01      1,377            22,868        7.09      1,609   
 Other securities                                         1,783        5.06        103             1,373        4.72         67   
                                                       --------               --------          --------               --------   
     Total securities available for sale                 28,214        6.80      1,891            30,671        6.88      2,100   
Securities held to maturity                                  --          --         --                --          --         --   
                                                       --------               --------          --------               --------   
     Total securities                                    28,214        6.80      1,891            30,671        6.88      2,100   
Loans held for sale (3)                                   4,804        7.71        371             3,849        8.11        312   
Mortgages held for sale (3)                              12,978        6.92        898             6,741        7.27        490   
Loans:                                                 
 Commercial                                              33,271        8.93      2,971            29,951        9.18      2,748   
 Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage                   13,652        8.90      1,215            15,866        8.75      1,341   
 Other real estate mortgage                              16,257        9.37      1,523            16,205        9.58      1,552   
 Real estate construction                                 3,601        9.39        338             3,298        9.92        327   
 Consumer:                                             
   Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage            9,983        9.17        903             9,880        9.39        949   
   Credit card                                            6,012       14.96        900             6,663       14.53        968   
   Other revolving credit and monthly payment            16,497       12.78      2,109            16,947       12.42      2,105   
                                                       --------               --------          --------               --------   
     Total consumer                                      32,492       12.55      3,912            33,490       12.28      4,022   
 Lease financing                                          5,608        8.22        461             4,285        8.38        359   
 Foreign                                                  1,324       20.96        277             1,042       20.31        212   
                                                       --------               --------          --------               --------   
       Total loans (4)(5)                               106,205       10.07     10,697           104,137       10.14     10,561   
Other                                                     2,853        5.82        166             2,273        5.93        134   
                                                       --------               --------          --------               --------   
                                                       
          Total earning assets                         $156,706        9.03     14,115          $148,802        9.19     13,658   
                                                       ========               --------          ========               --------   
                                                       
FUNDING SOURCES                                        
Deposits:                                              
 Interest-bearing checking                             $  2,221        1.23         27          $  3,016        1.66         50   
 Market rate and other savings                           52,909        2.60      1,375            51,182        2.58      1,322   
 Savings certificates                                    27,749        5.22      1,448            28,581        5.27      1,506   
 Other time deposits                                      4,040        5.49        222             3,708        5.64        209   
 Deposits in foreign offices                                801        4.82         39             1,287        4.85         62   
                                                       --------               --------          --------               --------   
     Total interest-bearing deposits                     87,720        3.55      3,111            87,774        3.59      3,149   
Short-term borrowings                                    14,454        5.37        777            11,362        5.37        610   
Long-term debt                                           17,411        6.30      1,097            17,149        6.38      1,093   
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in Company's
  subordinated debentures                                 1,010        8.06         81             1,287        7.82        101   
                                                       --------               --------          --------               --------   
     Total interest-bearing liabilities                 120,595        4.20      5,066           117,572        4.21      4,953   
Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources           36,111          --         --            31,230          --         --   
                                                       --------               --------          --------               --------   
                                                       
          Total funding sources                        $156,706        3.24      5,066          $148,802        3.33      4,953   
                                                       ========               --------          ========               --------   
                                                       
NET INTEREST MARGIN AND NET INTEREST INCOME            
 ON A TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS (6)                                     5.79%   $ 9,049                          5.86%   $ 8,705   
                                                                      =====   ========                         =====   ========
                                                       
NONINTEREST-EARNING ASSETS                             
                                                       
Cash and due from banks                                $ 10,669                                 $ 11,609                          
Goodwill                                                  7,865                                    8,186                          
Other                                                    13,115                                   13,653                          
                                                       --------                                 --------                          
                                                       
          Total noninterest-earning assets             $ 31,649                                 $ 33,448                          
                                                       ========                                 ========
                                                       
NONINTEREST-BEARING FUNDING SOURCES                    
Deposits                                               $ 40,922                                 $ 37,710                          
Other liabilities                                         6,958                                    7,243                          
Preferred stockholders' equity                              463                                      554                          
Common stockholders' equity                              19,417                                   19,171                          
Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to            
 fund earning assets                                    (36,111)                                 (31,230)                         
                                                       --------                                 --------                          
          Net noninterest-bearing funding sources      $ 31,649                                 $ 33,448                          
                                                       ========                                 ========
                                                       
TOTAL ASSETS                                           $188,355                                 $182,250                          
                                                       ========                                 ========
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  The average prime rate of the Company was 8.35%, 8.44%, 8.27%, 8.83% and
     7.14% for 1998, 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The average 
     three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) was 5.56%, 5.74%, 
     5.51%, 6.04% and 4.75% for the same years, respectively.

(2)  Interest rates and amounts include the effects of hedge and risk management
     activities associated with the respective asset and liability categories.

(3)  Yields are based on amortized cost balances. 


                                          40
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in millions)                                                                       1996                                   1995   
                                                       ---------------------------------        -------------------------------  
                                                        Average      Yields/    Interest         Average      Yields/   Interest   
                                                        balance       rates       income/        balance       rates      income/  
                                                                                 expense                                 expense  
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>        <C>             <C>          <C>       <C>        
                                                       
EARNING ASSETS                                         
Federal funds sold and securities purchased            
   under resale agreements                             $  1,596        5.46%     $    87        $    645        5.83%    $    38  
Securities available for sale (3):                     
 Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies         3,730        5.95          221           1,604        6.60         105  
 Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions       907        8.89           79             124       20.80           9  
 Mortgage-backed securities:                           
   Federal agencies                                      20,199        6.98        1,410          13,897        7.27       1,017  
   Private collateralized mortgage obligations            2,852        6.51          187           1,252        6.39          82  
                                                       --------                 --------        --------                --------  
     Total mortgage-backed securities                    23,051        6.92        1,597          15,149        7.19       1,099  
 Other securities                                         1,567        5.03           77             750       12.06          50  
                                                       --------                 --------        --------                --------  
     Total securities available for sale                 29,255        6.76        1,974          17,627        7.48       1,263  
Securities held to maturity                                  --          --           --           7,666        5.40         477  
                                                       --------                 --------        --------                --------  
     Total securities                                    29,255        6.76        1,974          25,293        5.40       1,740  
Loans held for sale (3)                                   3,560        9.22          328           2,557        8.88         227  
Mortgages held for sale (3)                               6,889        7.68          529           4,996        7.86         393  
Loans:                                                 
 Commercial                                              27,547        9.15        2,520          17,773        9.67       1,718  
 Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage                   15,522        8.64        1,301          11,883        8.51         976  
 Other real estate mortgage                              15,612        9.21        1,438          11,742        9.40       1,104  
 Real estate construction                                 2,940       10.25          301           1,833       10.06         184  
 Consumer:                                             
   Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage            8,995        9.11          844           7,512        8.64         678  
   Credit card                                            6,505       15.03          979           5,939       15.54         923  
   Other revolving credit and monthly payment            16,505       12.25        2,022          10,887       13.26       1,444  
                                                       --------                 --------        --------                --------  
     Total consumer                                      32,005       12.24        3,845          24,338       13.16       3,045  
 Lease financing                                          3,347        8.15          272           2,284        8.51         194  
 Foreign                                                    950       20.52          195             704       23.01         162  
                                                       --------                 --------        --------                --------  
       Total loans (4)(5)                                97,923       10.08        9,872          70,557       10.47       7,383  
Other                                                     1,696        5.51           94             940        5.87          55  
                                                       --------                 --------        --------                --------  
                                                       
          Total earning assets                         $140,919        9.15       12,884        $104,988        9.36       9,836  
                                                       ========                 --------        ========                --------  
                                                       
FUNDING SOURCES                                        
Deposits:                                              
 Interest-bearing checking                             $  6,749        1.38           93        $  6,423        1.24          80  
 Market rate and other savings                           45,049        2.68        1,207          28,622        2.78         796  
 Savings certificates                                    26,853        5.17        1,390          18,889        5.33       1,007  
 Other time deposits                                      3,245        5.77          187           2,244        5.81         131  
 Deposits in foreign offices                                719        4.76           34           2,381        5.86         139  
                                                       --------                 --------        --------                --------  
     Total interest-bearing deposits                     82,615        3.52        2,911          58,559        3.68       2,153  
Short-term borrowings                                    10,692        5.25          562          12,682        5.88         746  
Long-term debt                                           18,283        6.24        1,140          14,996        6.53         980  
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in Company's
  subordinated debentures                                    82        7.81            6              --          --          --  
                                                       --------                 --------        --------                --------  
     Total interest-bearing liabilities                 111,672        4.14        4,619          86,237        4.50       3,879  
Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources           29,247          --           --          18,751          --          --  
                                                       --------                 --------        --------                --------  
                                                       
          Total funding sources                        $140,919        3.28        4,619        $104,988        3.69       3,879  
                                                       ========                 --------        ========                --------  
                                                       
NET INTEREST MARGIN AND NET INTEREST INCOME            
 ON A TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS (6)                                     5.87%     $ 8,265                        5.67%    $ 5,957  
                                                                      =====     ========                       =====    ========
                                                       
NONINTEREST-EARNING ASSETS                             
                                                       
Cash and due from banks                                $ 11,442                                 $  5,858                          
Goodwill                                                  6,477                                      895                          
Other                                                    11,051                                    5,273                          
                                                       --------                                 --------                          
                                                       
          Total noninterest-earning assets             $ 28,970                                 $ 12,026                          
                                                       ========                                 ========
                                                       
NONINTEREST-BEARING FUNDING SOURCES                    
Deposits                                               $ 34,952                                 $ 19,070                          
Other liabilities                                         5,466                                    3,246                          
Preferred stockholders' equity                              968                                      942                          
Common stockholders' equity                              16,831                                    7,519                          
Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to            
 fund earning assets                                    (29,247)                                 (18,751)                         
                                                       --------                                 --------                          
          Net noninterest-bearing funding sources      $ 28,970                                 $ 12,026                          
                                                       ========                                 ========
                                                       
TOTAL ASSETS                                           $169,889                                 $117,014                          
                                                       ========                                 ========

<CAPTION>                                              
                                                       
                                                       
(in millions)                                                                       1994
                                                       ---------------------------------
                                                        Average       Yields/   Interest
                                                        balance        rates      income/
                                                                                 expense
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>       <C>
                                                       
EARNING ASSETS                                         
Federal funds sold and securities purchased            
   under resale agreements                             $    629         4.22%     $   27
Securities available for sale (3):                     
 Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies         1,836         5.84         107
 Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions       123        23.25          29
 Mortgage-backed securities:                           
   Federal agencies                                      11,822         6.63         801
   Private collateralized mortgage obligations            1,372         6.16          88
                                                       --------                 --------
     Total mortgage-backed securities                    13,194         6.58         889
 Other securities                                           597        13.89          77
                                                       --------                 --------
     Total securities available for sale                 15,750         6.88       1,102
Securities held to maturity                              10,180         5.39         549
                                                       --------                 --------
     Total securities                                    25,930         6.37       1,651
Loans held for sale (3)                                   1,713         7.49         128
Mortgages held for sale (3)                               3,764         7.19         271
Loans:                                                 
 Commercial                                              15,017         8.64       1,298
 Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage                   13,522         7.77       1,022
 Other real estate mortgage                              11,513         8.51         980
 Real estate construction                                 1,553         9.00         140
 Consumer:                                             
   Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage            6,309         7.77         519
   Credit card                                            4,771        15.14         722
   Other revolving credit and monthly payment             8,935        12.27       1,096
                                                       --------                 --------
     Total consumer                                      20,015        12.18       2,337
 Lease financing                                          1,952         8.32         162
 Foreign                                                    555        21.58         120
                                                       --------                 --------
       Total loans (4)(5)                                64,127         9.45       6,059
Other                                                       746         6.77          50
                                                       --------                 --------
                                                       
          Total earning assets                         $ 96,909         8.42       8,186
                                                       ========                 --------
FUNDING SOURCES                                        
Deposits:                                              
 Interest-bearing checking                             $  6,801         1.17          80
 Market rate and other savings                           31,846         2.32         740
 Savings certificates                                    16,824         4.44         748
 Other time deposits                                      1,843         5.01          93
 Deposits in foreign offices                              1,257         4.62          58
                                                       --------                 --------
     Total interest-bearing deposits                     58,571         2.93       1,719
Short-term borrowings                                     9,075         4.39         399
Long-term debt                                           10,948         5.73         627
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in Company's
  subordinated debentures                                    --           --          --
                                                       --------                 --------
     Total interest-bearing liabilities                  78,594         3.49       2,745
Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources           18,315           --          --
                                                       --------                 --------
                                                       
          Total funding sources                        $ 96,909         2.82       2,745
                                                       ========                 --------
                                                       
NET INTEREST MARGIN AND NET INTEREST INCOME            
 ON A TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS (6)                                      5.60%     $5,441
                                                                      ======    ========

                                                       
NONINTEREST-EARNING ASSETS                             
                                                       
Cash and due from banks                                $  5,559
Goodwill                                                    600
Other                                                     3,853
                                                       --------
                                                       
          Total noninterest-earning assets             $ 10,012
                                                       ========
                                                       
NONINTEREST-BEARING FUNDING SOURCES                    
Deposits                                               $ 17,723
Other liabilities                                         2,681
Preferred stockholders' equity                              865
Common stockholders' equity                               7,058
Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to            
 fund earning assets                                    (18,315)
                                                       --------
          Net noninterest-bearing funding sources      $ 10,012
                                                       ========
                                                       
TOTAL ASSETS                                           $106,921
                                                       ========
- ---------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(4)  Interest income includes loan fees, net of deferred costs, of approximately
     $120 million, $103 million, $86 million, $40 million and $37 million in
     1998, 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
(5)  Nonaccrual loans and related income are included in their respective loan
     categories.
(6)  Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments that primarily relate to income on
     certain loans and securities that is exempt from federal and applicable
     state income taxes. The federal statutory tax rate was 35% for all years
     presented.


                                          41
<PAGE>

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

     Table 5 shows the major components of noninterest expense.

TABLE 5: NONINTEREST EXPENSE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in millions)                          Year ended December 31,          % Change
                                  ---------------------------       ------------
                                     1998      1997      1996       1998/   1997/
                                                                    1997    1996
<S>                               <C>        <C>       <C>          <C>     <C>
Salaries and benefits             $ 4,416    $3,811    $3,624         16%      5%
Equipment                             900       739       724         22       2
Net occupancy                         764       719       688          6       5
Goodwill                              421       433       339         (3)     28
Core deposit intangible:
  Nonqualifying (1)                   217       240       227        (10)      6
  Qualifying                           26        33        38        (21)    (13)
Net losses on dispositions of
  premises and equipment              325        76        45        328      69
Operating losses                      152       374       189        (59)     98
Outside professional services         391       262       254         49       3
Contract services                     342       271       329         26     (18)
Telecommunications                    252       241       234          5       3
Outside data processing               250       217       216         15      --
Advertising and promotion             237       202       234         17     (14)
Postage                               228       210       206          9       2
Travel and entertainment              212       188       188         13      --
Stationery and supplies               178       182       192         (2)     (5)
Insurance                             132       122        90          8      36
Security                               84        87        56         (3)     55
All other                           1,052       583       851         80     (31)
                                  -------    ------    ------
  Total                           $10,579    $8,990    $8,724         18%      3%
                                  =======    ======    ======        ===     ===
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Amortization of core deposit intangible acquired after February 1992 that
     is subtracted from stockholders' equity in computing regulatory capital for
     bank holding companies.


     A major portion of the increase in salaries and benefits was due to
severance and other employee-related costs related to the Merger. The increase
was also due to an increase in staff levels.

     The Company's active full-time equivalent (FTE) staff, including hourly
employees, was 92,178 at December 31, 1998, compared with 88,671 at December 31,
1997.

     The increase in equipment expense was primarily due to personal computer
purchases during the fourth quarter, mostly related to the replacement of
personal computers.

     The increase in net losses on dispositions of premises and equipment was
due to Merger-related costs associated with the disposition of leased and owned
premises.

     Goodwill and CDI amortization resulting from the First Interstate
acquisition were $288 million and $199 million, respectively, for the year ended
December 31, 1998, compared with $292 million and $223 million, respectively,
for the year ended December 31, 1997. The core deposit intangible is amortized
on an accelerated basis based on an estimated useful life of 15 years. The
effect on noninterest expense from the amortization of the nonqualifying core
deposit intangible in 1999, 2000 and 2001 is expected to be $178 million, $162
million and $147 million, respectively. The related effect on income tax expense
is expected to be a benefit of $68 million, $62 million and $56 million in 1999,
2000 and 2001, respectively.

     The increase in outside professional services was primarily due to fees for
investment banking and other professional services resulting from the Merger.

     A major portion of the increase in the "All Other" category was due to the
accrual of $208 million of irrevocable commitments to the Company's Foundation
in connection with the Merger.

     During 1998, the former Norwest and the former Wells Fargo continued with
their enterprise-wide project to prepare the Company's systems for Year 2000
compliance. The Year 2000 issue relates to computer systems that use two digits
rather than four to define the applicable year and whether such systems will
properly process information when the year changes to 2000. "Systems" includes
hardware, networks, system and application software, and commercial "off the
shelf" software, and embedded technology such as properties/date impacted
processors in automated systems such as elevators, telephone systems, security
systems, vault systems, heating and cooling systems and others. Priority is
given to "mission critical" systems. A system is considered "mission critical"
if it is vital to the successful continuation of a core business activity.

     The former Norwest's Year 2000 readiness project is divided into four
phases -- Phase I: a comprehensive assessment and inventory of applicable
software, system hardware devices, data and voice communication devices and
embedded technology to determine Year 2000 vulnerability and risk; Phase II:
date detection on systems to determine which systems must be remediated and
which systems are compliant and require testing only, determination of the
resources and costs, and the development of schedules; Phase III: repair,
replacement and/or retirement of systems that are determined not to be Year 2000
compliant, and planning the integration testing for those systems that have
interfaces with other systems both internal and external to the Company, such as
customers and suppliers; and Phase IV: integration testing on applicable systems
to validate that interfaces are Year 2000 compliant and contingency planning.
The former Norwest has substantially completed Phases I, II and III of its Year
2000 project.

     The former Wells Fargo uses a four-phase plan for achieving Year 2000
readiness. The Assessment Phase (Phase I) determines which computers, operating
systems, applications and facilities require remediation and prioritizing those
remediation efforts. This has been completed except for the on-going assessment
of new systems. The Renovation Phase (Phase II) corrects or replaces any
non-compliant hardware, software or facilities. This phase has been
substantially completed. All renovated software,


                                          42
<PAGE>

both in-house applications and vendor software, was placed back into production
before the Validation Phase (Phase III). The Validation Phase, which tests
in-house systems, vendor software and service providers, is in process. During
Phase IV, the Implementation Phase, remediated and validated code will be tested
in interfaces with customers, business partners, government institutions and
others.

     It is anticipated that the Company will have substantially completed the
unfinished phases discussed in the preceding two paragraphs by June 30, 1999.
The Company's Year 2000 Project Office oversees the Year 2000 efforts of the
Company and all of its subsidiaries. Representatives from other areas of the
Company, including the law department, audit, risk management and corporate
communications, provide support for the Year 2000 project. In addition, as a
financial services organization, the Company is under the supervision of federal
regulatory agencies which have provided guidelines and are performing ongoing
monitoring of the Year 2000 readiness of the Company.